|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
523
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
37
|
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
41 {
|
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
477
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^P^S^U^V^Y)"),
|
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
523
|
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
477
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (^S^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
681
|
65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T;
|
|
|
66 struct compl_S
|
|
7
|
67 {
|
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
681
|
71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */
|
|
659
|
72 char_u *cp_extra; /* extra menu text (allocated, can be NULL) */
|
|
|
73 char_u *cp_info; /* verbose info (can be NULL) */
|
|
|
74 char_u cp_kind; /* kind of match, single letter, or NUL */
|
|
|
75 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
|
|
|
76 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
|
|
464
|
77 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
78 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
|
7
|
79 };
|
|
|
80
|
|
464
|
81 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
7
|
82 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
84 /*
|
|
|
85 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
86 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
87 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
88 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
89 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
90 */
|
|
464
|
91 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
92 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
93 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
449
|
94
|
|
657
|
95 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
|
|
|
96 * are used. */
|
|
|
97 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
|
98
|
|
665
|
99 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string
|
|
|
100 in compl_leader */
|
|
|
101
|
|
657
|
102 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
|
|
|
103 FALSE the match was edited or using
|
|
|
104 the longest common string. */
|
|
|
105
|
|
449
|
106 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
107 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
644
|
108 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
109
|
|
464
|
110 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
111 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
112 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
113 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
114 static int compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
115 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
116 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
117 * that is being completed */
|
|
|
118 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
119 * completion started */
|
|
|
120 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
121 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
449
|
122
|
|
|
123 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
124 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
681
|
125 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
665
|
126 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match));
|
|
681
|
127 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase));
|
|
7
|
128 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
129 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
130 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
648
|
131 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
132 static int pum_two_or_more __ARGS((void));
|
|
659
|
133 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
703
|
134 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir));
|
|
667
|
135 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr));
|
|
7
|
136 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
137 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
138 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
139 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
|
|
694
|
140 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str));
|
|
659
|
141 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
142 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
143 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
659
|
144 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini));
|
|
7
|
145 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
146 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
665
|
147 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match));
|
|
610
|
148 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
|
|
644
|
149 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
|
|
610
|
150 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
|
|
681
|
151 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
152 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
153 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
154 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
156 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
157 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
158 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
159 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
160
|
|
661
|
161 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready));
|
|
7
|
162 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
163 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
164 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
667
|
165 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only));
|
|
7
|
166 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
167 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
168 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
221
|
169 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
170 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
484
|
171 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
|
497
|
172 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
|
221
|
173 #endif
|
|
7
|
174 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
175 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
176 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
177 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
178 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
179 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
180 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
181 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
182 #endif
|
|
|
183 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
184 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
185 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
186 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
187 #endif
|
|
|
188 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
189 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
190 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
477
|
191 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
|
7
|
192 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
193 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
194 #endif
|
|
|
195 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
196 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
197 #endif
|
|
449
|
198 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
199 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
200 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
201 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
202 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
203 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
204 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
205 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
206 #endif
|
|
692
|
207 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
208 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
209 #endif
|
|
7
|
210 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
211 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
212 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
213 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
214 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
215 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
216 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
217 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
218 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
219 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
220 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
221 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
222 #endif
|
|
|
223 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
224 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
225 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
226 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
227 #endif
|
|
|
228 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
229 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
230 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
231 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
232 #endif
|
|
|
233 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
234
|
|
|
235 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
236 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
238 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
239 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
240 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
241 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
603
|
242 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
|
|
7
|
243
|
|
|
244 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
245 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
246 #endif
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
248 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
249
|
|
|
250 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
251 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
252 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
253 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
254 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
255 #endif
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
257 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
258 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
259 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
261 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
262 under the cursor */
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
264 /*
|
|
|
265 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
266 *
|
|
|
267 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
268 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
269 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
270 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
271 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
272 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
273 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
274 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
275 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
276 *
|
|
|
277 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
278 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
279 *
|
|
|
280 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
281 */
|
|
|
282 int
|
|
|
283 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
284 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
285 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
286 long count;
|
|
|
287 {
|
|
|
288 int c = 0;
|
|
|
289 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
290 int lastc;
|
|
|
291 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
292 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
293 int i;
|
|
|
294 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
295 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
296 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
297 #endif
|
|
|
298 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
299 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
300 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
301 #endif
|
|
|
302 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
303 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
477
|
304 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
|
7
|
305
|
|
603
|
306 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
|
|
|
307 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
308
|
|
7
|
309 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
310 * error message */
|
|
|
311 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
312
|
|
|
313 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
314 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
315 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
316 {
|
|
|
317 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
318 return FALSE;
|
|
|
319 }
|
|
|
320 #endif
|
|
632
|
321 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
|
|
|
322 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
|
|
634
|
323 if (textlock != 0)
|
|
632
|
324 {
|
|
|
325 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
|
326 return FALSE;
|
|
|
327 }
|
|
7
|
328
|
|
|
329 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
330 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
331 #endif
|
|
|
332
|
|
11
|
333 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
334 /*
|
|
|
335 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
336 */
|
|
|
337 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
338 {
|
|
532
|
339 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
11
|
340 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
341 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
342 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
343 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
344 else
|
|
|
345 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
346 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
532
|
347 # endif
|
|
11
|
348 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
349 }
|
|
|
350 #endif
|
|
|
351
|
|
7
|
352 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
353 /*
|
|
|
354 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
355 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
356 */
|
|
|
357 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
358 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
359 else
|
|
|
360 #endif
|
|
|
361 {
|
|
|
362 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
363 if (startln)
|
|
|
364 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
365 }
|
|
|
366 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
367 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
368 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
369 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
370
|
|
|
371 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
372 {
|
|
|
373 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
374 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
375 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
376 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
377 {
|
|
|
378 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
379 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
380 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
381 }
|
|
|
382 else
|
|
|
383 #endif
|
|
|
384 {
|
|
|
385 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
386 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
387 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
388 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
389 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
390 }
|
|
|
391 }
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
393 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
394 {
|
|
|
395 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
396 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
397 {
|
|
|
398 beep_flush();
|
|
|
399 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
400 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
401 }
|
|
|
402 else
|
|
|
403 #endif
|
|
|
404 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
405 }
|
|
|
406 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
407 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
408 {
|
|
|
409 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
410 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
411 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
412 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
413 }
|
|
|
414 #endif
|
|
|
415 else
|
|
|
416 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
417
|
|
|
418 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
420 /*
|
|
|
421 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
422 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
423 */
|
|
|
424 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
426 /*
|
|
|
427 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
428 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
429 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
430 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
431 */
|
|
|
432 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
433 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
434 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
435 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
436 #endif
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
438 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
439 setmouse();
|
|
|
440 #endif
|
|
|
441 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
442 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
443 #endif
|
|
|
444 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
445 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
446 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
447 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
448 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
449 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
450 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
451 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
452 #endif
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
454 /*
|
|
|
455 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
456 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
457 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
458 */
|
|
|
459 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
460 {
|
|
|
461 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
462 /*
|
|
|
463 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
464 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
465 */
|
|
|
466 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
467 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
468 else
|
|
|
469 #endif
|
|
|
470 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
471 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
473 /*
|
|
|
474 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
475 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
476 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
477 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
478 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
479 */
|
|
|
480 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
481 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
482 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
483 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
484 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
485 {
|
|
|
486 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
487 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
488 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
489 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
490 {
|
|
474
|
491 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
492 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
493 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
494 }
|
|
|
495 #endif
|
|
|
496 }
|
|
230
|
497 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
498 }
|
|
|
499 else
|
|
|
500 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
502 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
503 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
505 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
506 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
508 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
509 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
510 #endif
|
|
|
511 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
512 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
513 #endif
|
|
|
514 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
515 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
516 * restarting. */
|
|
|
517 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
518 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
519 #endif
|
|
|
520
|
|
|
521 /*
|
|
|
522 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
523 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
524 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
525 */
|
|
|
526 i = 0;
|
|
644
|
527 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
|
|
7
|
528 i = showmode();
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
530 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
531 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
532
|
|
|
533 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
534 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
535 #endif
|
|
|
536 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
537 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
538 #endif
|
|
|
539
|
|
603
|
540 /*
|
|
|
541 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
542 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
543 */
|
|
7
|
544 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
545 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
546 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
547 else
|
|
|
548 {
|
|
|
549 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
550 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
551 }
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
553 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
554
|
|
|
555 /*
|
|
|
556 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
557 */
|
|
|
558 for (;;)
|
|
|
559 {
|
|
|
560 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
561 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
562 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
563 else
|
|
|
564 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
565 #endif
|
|
|
566 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
567 count = 0;
|
|
|
568
|
|
|
569 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
570 {
|
|
|
571 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
572 count = 0;
|
|
|
573 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
574 }
|
|
|
575
|
|
|
576 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
577 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
578 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
580 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
581 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
582 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
583 {
|
|
|
584 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
585 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
586 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
587 }
|
|
|
588
|
|
|
589 /*
|
|
|
590 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
591 */
|
|
|
592 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
594 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
595 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
596 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
597 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
598 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
599 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
600 #endif
|
|
|
601
|
|
|
602 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
603 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
604 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
605 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
606 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
607 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
608 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
609 #endif
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 /*
|
|
|
612 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
613 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
614 * redraw.
|
|
|
615 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
616 * something.
|
|
|
617 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
618 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
619 */
|
|
|
620 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
621 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
622 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
623 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
624 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
625 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
626 #endif
|
|
|
627 )
|
|
|
628 {
|
|
|
629 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
630 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
632 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
633 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
634 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
635 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
636 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
637 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
638 #endif
|
|
|
639 ))
|
|
|
640 {
|
|
|
641 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
642 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
643 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
644 else
|
|
|
645 #endif
|
|
|
646 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
647 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
648 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
649 else
|
|
|
650 #endif
|
|
|
651 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
652 }
|
|
|
653 }
|
|
|
654
|
|
|
655 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
656 update_topline();
|
|
|
657
|
|
|
658 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
660 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
661
|
|
|
662 /*
|
|
|
663 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
664 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
665 */
|
|
661
|
666 ins_redraw(TRUE);
|
|
7
|
667
|
|
|
668 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
669 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
670 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
671 #endif
|
|
|
672
|
|
|
673 update_curswant();
|
|
|
674 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
675 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
676 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
677 #endif
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
679 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
680 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
681 #endif
|
|
|
682
|
|
|
683 /*
|
|
|
684 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
685 */
|
|
|
686 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
687 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
689 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
690 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
691 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
692 #endif
|
|
|
693 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
694 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
695 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
696 #endif
|
|
|
697
|
|
|
698 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
659
|
699 /*
|
|
|
700 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
|
|
|
701 * and the cursor is still in the completed word.
|
|
|
702 */
|
|
|
703 if (compl_started && pum_wanted() && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col)
|
|
|
704 {
|
|
|
705 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
706 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
|
707 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col && ins_compl_bs())
|
|
657
|
708 continue;
|
|
|
709
|
|
659
|
710 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
|
|
|
711 if (!compl_used_match)
|
|
657
|
712 {
|
|
659
|
713 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
|
|
|
714 * "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
715 if (c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
716 {
|
|
|
717 ins_compl_addfrommatch();
|
|
|
718 continue;
|
|
|
719 }
|
|
|
720
|
|
683
|
721 /* A printable, non-white character: Add to "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
722 if (vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c))
|
|
659
|
723 {
|
|
|
724 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
725 continue;
|
|
|
726 }
|
|
665
|
727
|
|
|
728 /* Pressing Enter selects the current match. */
|
|
|
729 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)
|
|
|
730 {
|
|
|
731 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
732 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
733 }
|
|
657
|
734 }
|
|
|
735 }
|
|
|
736
|
|
7
|
737 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
738 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
665
|
739 compl_get_longest = FALSE;
|
|
657
|
740 if (c != K_IGNORE && ins_compl_prep(c))
|
|
|
741 continue;
|
|
7
|
742 #endif
|
|
|
743
|
|
477
|
744 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
|
745 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
|
746 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
|
7
|
747 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
748 {
|
|
|
749 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
750 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
751 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
752 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
753 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
754 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
755 --allow_keys;
|
|
477
|
756 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
|
7
|
757 {
|
|
477
|
758 /* it's something else */
|
|
7
|
759 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
760 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
761 }
|
|
|
762 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
763 continue;
|
|
|
764 else
|
|
|
765 {
|
|
477
|
766 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
|
767 {
|
|
|
768 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
769 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
|
770 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
771 }
|
|
7
|
772 count = 0;
|
|
|
773 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
774 }
|
|
|
775 }
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
777 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
778 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
779 #endif
|
|
|
780
|
|
|
781 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
782 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
783 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
784 #endif
|
|
|
785 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
786 {
|
|
|
787 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
788 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
789 continue;
|
|
|
790 }
|
|
|
791
|
|
|
792 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
793 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
794 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
795 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
796 # endif
|
|
|
797 )
|
|
|
798 {
|
|
|
799 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
800 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
801 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
802 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
803 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
804 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
805 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
806 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
807 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
808 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
809 }
|
|
|
810 #endif
|
|
|
811
|
|
|
812 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
813 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
814 switch (c)
|
|
|
815 {
|
|
|
816 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
817 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
818 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
819 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
820 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
821 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
822 }
|
|
|
823 #endif
|
|
|
824
|
|
|
825 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
826 /*
|
|
|
827 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
828 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
829 * characters.
|
|
|
830 */
|
|
|
831 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
832 continue;
|
|
|
833 #endif
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
835 /*
|
|
|
836 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
837 */
|
|
|
838 switch (c)
|
|
|
839 {
|
|
449
|
840 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
841 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
842 break;
|
|
|
843 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
844
|
|
449
|
845 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
846 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
847 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
848 {
|
|
|
849 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
850 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
851 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
852 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
853 }
|
|
|
854 #endif
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
856 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
857 do_intr:
|
|
|
858 #endif
|
|
|
859 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
860 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
861 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
862 {
|
|
|
863 if (got_int)
|
|
|
864 {
|
|
|
865 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
866 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
867 }
|
|
|
868 else
|
|
|
869 vim_beep();
|
|
|
870 break;
|
|
|
871 }
|
|
|
872 doESCkey:
|
|
|
873 /*
|
|
|
874 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
875 */
|
|
|
876 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
877 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
878 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
879 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
880
|
|
477
|
881 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
|
11
|
882 {
|
|
|
883 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
884 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
885 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
886 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
887 #endif
|
|
7
|
888 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
889 }
|
|
7
|
890 continue;
|
|
|
891
|
|
449
|
892 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
893 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
894 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
895 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
896 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
897 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
898
|
|
|
899 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
502
|
900 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
523
|
901 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
449
|
902 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
903 #endif
|
|
|
904 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
905 break;
|
|
|
906 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
907 count = 0;
|
|
|
908 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
909
|
|
464
|
910 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
911 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
912 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
913 break;
|
|
|
914
|
|
|
915 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
916 break;
|
|
|
917
|
|
449
|
918 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
919 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
920 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
921 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
922 #endif
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
924 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
925 case K_F1:
|
|
|
926 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
927 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
928 if (p_im)
|
|
|
929 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
930 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
931
|
|
|
932 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
933 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
934 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
935 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
936 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
937 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
938 break;
|
|
|
939 #endif
|
|
|
940
|
|
|
941 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
942 case NUL:
|
|
|
943 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
944 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
945 * error. */
|
|
7
|
946 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
947 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
948 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
949 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
950 break;
|
|
|
951
|
|
449
|
952 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
953 ins_reg();
|
|
|
954 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
955 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
956 break;
|
|
|
957
|
|
449
|
958 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
959 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
960 break;
|
|
|
961
|
|
449
|
962 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
963 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
964 break;
|
|
|
965
|
|
|
966 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
967 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
968 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
969 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
970 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
971 break;
|
|
|
972 #endif
|
|
|
973
|
|
449
|
974 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
975 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
976 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
977 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
978 #endif
|
|
|
979 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
980
|
|
449
|
981 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
982 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
983 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
984 {
|
|
449
|
985 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
986 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
987 break;
|
|
7
|
988 }
|
|
|
989 # endif
|
|
|
990 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
991 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
992 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
993 break;
|
|
|
994
|
|
449
|
995 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
996 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
997 ins_del();
|
|
|
998 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
999 break;
|
|
|
1000
|
|
449
|
1001 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1002 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
1003 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1004 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1005 break;
|
|
|
1006
|
|
449
|
1007 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1008 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1009 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1010 break;
|
|
|
1011
|
|
449
|
1012 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
1013 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1014 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
1015 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
1016 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1017 # endif
|
|
7
|
1018 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1019 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1020 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1021 break;
|
|
|
1022
|
|
|
1023 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
1024 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
1025 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
1026 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
1027 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1028 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
1029 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
1030 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
1031 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
1032 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1033 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
1034 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1035 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
1036 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
1037 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
1038 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
1039 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
1040 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
1041 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
1042 break;
|
|
|
1043
|
|
449
|
1044 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
1045 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
1046 break;
|
|
|
1047
|
|
449
|
1048 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
1049 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
1050 break;
|
|
|
1051 #endif
|
|
692
|
1052 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
1053 case K_TABLINE:
|
|
|
1054 case K_TABMENU:
|
|
|
1055 ins_tabline(c);
|
|
|
1056 break;
|
|
|
1057 #endif
|
|
7
|
1058
|
|
449
|
1059 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
1060 break;
|
|
|
1061
|
|
661
|
1062 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
1063 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */
|
|
|
1064 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1065 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
|
|
|
1066 break;
|
|
|
1067 #endif
|
|
|
1068
|
|
625
|
1069 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
|
|
|
1070 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
|
|
|
1071 * cancelled. */
|
|
|
1072 case K_F4:
|
|
|
1073 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
|
1074 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1075 break;
|
|
|
1076 #endif
|
|
|
1077
|
|
7
|
1078 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1079 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1080 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1081 break;
|
|
|
1082
|
|
|
1083 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1084 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1085 break;
|
|
|
1086 #endif
|
|
|
1087
|
|
449
|
1088 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
1089 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1090 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1091 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1092 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1093 break;
|
|
|
1094
|
|
449
|
1095 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
1096 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1097 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1098 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1099 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1100 break;
|
|
|
1101
|
|
449
|
1102 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
1103 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1104 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1105 else
|
|
|
1106 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1107 break;
|
|
|
1108
|
|
449
|
1109 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1110 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1111 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1112 break;
|
|
|
1113
|
|
449
|
1114 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1115 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1116 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1117 else
|
|
|
1118 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1119 break;
|
|
|
1120
|
|
449
|
1121 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1122 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1123 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1124 break;
|
|
|
1125
|
|
449
|
1126 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
665
|
1127 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1128 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1129 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1130 #endif
|
|
180
|
1131 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1132 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1133 else
|
|
|
1134 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1135 break;
|
|
|
1136
|
|
449
|
1137 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1138 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1139 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
613
|
1140 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1141 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1142 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1143 #endif
|
|
7
|
1144 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1145 break;
|
|
|
1146
|
|
449
|
1147 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
665
|
1148 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1149 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1150 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1151 #endif
|
|
180
|
1152 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1153 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1154 else
|
|
|
1155 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1156 break;
|
|
|
1157
|
|
449
|
1158 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1159 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1160 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
613
|
1161 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1162 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1163 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1164 #endif
|
|
7
|
1165 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1166 break;
|
|
|
1167
|
|
|
1168 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1169 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1170 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1171 break;
|
|
|
1172 #endif
|
|
|
1173
|
|
449
|
1174 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1175 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1176 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1177
|
|
449
|
1178 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1179 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1180 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1181 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1182 #endif
|
|
|
1183 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1184 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1185 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1186 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1187 break;
|
|
|
1188
|
|
449
|
1189 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1190 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1191 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1192 case CAR:
|
|
|
1193 case NL:
|
|
|
1194 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1195 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1196 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1197 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1198 {
|
|
644
|
1199 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
|
|
|
1200 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1201 else /* location list window */
|
|
|
1202 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
|
|
7
|
1203 break;
|
|
|
1204 }
|
|
|
1205 #endif
|
|
|
1206 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1207 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1208 {
|
|
|
1209 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1210 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1211 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1212 }
|
|
|
1213 #endif
|
|
|
1214 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1215 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1216 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1217 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1218 break;
|
|
|
1219
|
|
|
1220 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1221 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1222 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1223 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1224 {
|
|
449
|
1225 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1226 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1227 break;
|
|
7
|
1228 }
|
|
|
1229 # endif
|
|
|
1230 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1231 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1232 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1233 break;
|
|
|
1234 # endif
|
|
|
1235 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1236 #endif
|
|
7
|
1237
|
|
|
1238 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
464
|
1239 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1240 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
1241 break;
|
|
|
1242
|
|
449
|
1243 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1244 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1245 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1246 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1247
|
|
449
|
1248 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1249 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1250 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1251 goto docomplete;
|
|
477
|
1252
|
|
|
1253 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1254 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
1255 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
1256 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1257 goto docomplete;
|
|
7
|
1258 #endif
|
|
|
1259
|
|
449
|
1260 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1261 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1262 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1263 #endif
|
|
|
1264 {
|
|
|
1265 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1266 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1267 {
|
|
|
1268 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1269 break;
|
|
|
1270 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1271 }
|
|
|
1272 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1273 }
|
|
|
1274 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1275 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1276
|
|
449
|
1277 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1278 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1279 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1280 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1281 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1282 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1283 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1284 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1285
|
|
|
1286 docomplete:
|
|
|
1287 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1288 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
1289 break;
|
|
|
1290 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1291
|
|
449
|
1292 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1293 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1294 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1295 break;
|
|
|
1296
|
|
|
1297 default:
|
|
|
1298 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1299 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1300 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1301 #endif
|
|
|
1302
|
|
|
1303 /*
|
|
|
1304 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1305 */
|
|
|
1306 normalchar:
|
|
|
1307 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1308 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1309 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1310 #endif
|
|
|
1311
|
|
|
1312 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1313 {
|
|
|
1314 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1315 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1316 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1317 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1318 #endif
|
|
|
1319 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1320 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1321 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1322 }
|
|
|
1323
|
|
|
1324 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1325 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1326 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1327 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1328 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1329 #endif
|
|
|
1330 c))
|
|
|
1331 {
|
|
|
1332 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1333 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1334 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1335 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1336 #endif
|
|
|
1337 }
|
|
|
1338
|
|
|
1339 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1340
|
|
|
1341 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1342 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1343 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1344 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1345 #endif
|
|
|
1346 break;
|
|
|
1347 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1348
|
|
|
1349 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1350 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1351 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1352
|
|
|
1353 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1354 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1355 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1356 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1357 # endif
|
|
|
1358 )
|
|
|
1359 {
|
|
|
1360 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1361 /*
|
|
|
1362 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1363 */
|
|
|
1364 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1365 {
|
|
|
1366 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1367 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1368 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1369 }
|
|
|
1370 }
|
|
|
1371 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1372
|
|
|
1373 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1374 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1375 }
|
|
|
1376
|
|
|
1377 /*
|
|
|
1378 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1379 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1380 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1381 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1382 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1383 */
|
|
661
|
1384 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
7
|
1385 static void
|
|
661
|
1386 ins_redraw(ready)
|
|
|
1387 int ready; /* not busy with something */
|
|
7
|
1388 {
|
|
|
1389 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1390 {
|
|
661
|
1391 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
694
|
1392 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. */
|
|
661
|
1393 if (ready && has_cursormovedI()
|
|
|
1394 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor))
|
|
|
1395 {
|
|
|
1396 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1397 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1398 }
|
|
|
1399 #endif
|
|
7
|
1400 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1401 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1402 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1403 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1404 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1405 setcursor();
|
|
|
1406 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1407 }
|
|
|
1408 }
|
|
|
1409
|
|
|
1410 /*
|
|
|
1411 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1412 */
|
|
|
1413 static void
|
|
|
1414 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1415 {
|
|
|
1416 int c;
|
|
|
1417
|
|
|
1418 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
1419 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1420
|
|
|
1421 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1422 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1423 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1424
|
|
|
1425 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1426 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1427 #endif
|
|
|
1428
|
|
|
1429 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1430 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1431 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1432 #endif
|
|
|
1433 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1434 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1435 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1436 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1437 #endif
|
|
|
1438 }
|
|
|
1439
|
|
|
1440 /*
|
|
|
1441 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1442 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1443 */
|
|
|
1444 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1445 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1446 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1447 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1448 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1449 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1450 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1451 #else
|
|
|
1452 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1453 #endif
|
|
|
1454 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1455 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1456 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1457
|
|
|
1458 void
|
|
|
1459 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1460 int c;
|
|
|
1461 int highlight;
|
|
|
1462 {
|
|
|
1463 int attr;
|
|
|
1464
|
|
|
1465 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1466 {
|
|
|
1467 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1468 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1469 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1470 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1471 else
|
|
|
1472 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1473 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1474 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1475 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1476 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1477 #endif
|
|
|
1478 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1479 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1480 {
|
|
|
1481 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1482 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1483 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1484 {
|
|
|
1485 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1486
|
|
|
1487 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1488 {
|
|
|
1489 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1490 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1491 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1492 }
|
|
|
1493 }
|
|
|
1494 # endif
|
|
|
1495 }
|
|
|
1496 else
|
|
|
1497 #endif
|
|
|
1498 {
|
|
|
1499 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1500 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1501 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1502 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1503 #endif
|
|
|
1504 }
|
|
|
1505
|
|
|
1506 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1507 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1508 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1509 #endif
|
|
|
1510 {
|
|
|
1511 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1512 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1513 }
|
|
|
1514 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1515 }
|
|
|
1516 }
|
|
|
1517
|
|
|
1518 /*
|
|
|
1519 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1520 */
|
|
|
1521 void
|
|
|
1522 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1523 {
|
|
|
1524 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1525 {
|
|
|
1526 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1527 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1528 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1529 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1530 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1531 else
|
|
|
1532 #endif
|
|
|
1533 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1534 }
|
|
|
1535 }
|
|
|
1536
|
|
|
1537 /*
|
|
|
1538 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1539 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1540 */
|
|
|
1541 void
|
|
|
1542 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1543 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1544 {
|
|
|
1545 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1546
|
|
|
1547 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1548 return;
|
|
|
1549
|
|
|
1550 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1551 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1552 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1553 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1554 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1555 {
|
|
|
1556 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1557
|
|
|
1558 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1559 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1560 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1561 }
|
|
|
1562 #endif
|
|
|
1563 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1564 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1565 {
|
|
|
1566 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1567 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1568 }
|
|
|
1569 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1570 }
|
|
|
1571
|
|
|
1572 /*
|
|
|
1573 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1574 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1575 */
|
|
|
1576 static void
|
|
|
1577 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1578 {
|
|
|
1579 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1580 {
|
|
|
1581 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1582 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1583 }
|
|
|
1584 }
|
|
|
1585
|
|
|
1586 /*
|
|
|
1587 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1588 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1589 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1590 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1591 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1592 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1593 */
|
|
|
1594 void
|
|
|
1595 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1596 int type;
|
|
|
1597 int amount;
|
|
|
1598 int round;
|
|
|
1599 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1600 {
|
|
|
1601 int vcol;
|
|
|
1602 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1603 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1604 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1605 int i;
|
|
|
1606 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1607 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1608 int start_col;
|
|
|
1609 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1610 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1611 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1612 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1613
|
|
|
1614 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1615 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1616 {
|
|
|
1617 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1618 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1619 }
|
|
|
1620 #endif
|
|
|
1621
|
|
|
1622 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1623 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1624 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1625 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1626 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1627
|
|
|
1628 /*
|
|
|
1629 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1630 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1631 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1632 */
|
|
|
1633 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1634
|
|
|
1635 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1636 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1637 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1638 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1639
|
|
|
1640 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1641
|
|
|
1642 /*
|
|
|
1643 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1644 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1645 */
|
|
|
1646 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1647 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1648
|
|
|
1649 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1650 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1651
|
|
|
1652 /*
|
|
|
1653 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1654 */
|
|
|
1655 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1656 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1657 else
|
|
|
1658 {
|
|
|
1659 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1660 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1661
|
|
|
1662 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1663 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1664 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1665 #endif
|
|
|
1666 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1667 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1668 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1669 #endif
|
|
|
1670 }
|
|
|
1671 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1672
|
|
|
1673 /*
|
|
|
1674 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1675 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1676 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1677 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1678 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1679 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1680 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1681 */
|
|
|
1682 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1683 {
|
|
|
1684 /*
|
|
|
1685 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1686 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1687 */
|
|
|
1688 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1689 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1690 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1691 }
|
|
|
1692 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1693 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1694 else
|
|
|
1695 {
|
|
|
1696 /*
|
|
|
1697 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1698 */
|
|
|
1699 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1700 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1701
|
|
|
1702 /*
|
|
|
1703 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1704 */
|
|
|
1705 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1706 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1707 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1708 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1709 {
|
|
|
1710 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1711 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1712 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
474
|
1713 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
7
|
1714 else
|
|
|
1715 #endif
|
|
|
1716 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1717 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1718 }
|
|
|
1719 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1720
|
|
|
1721 /*
|
|
|
1722 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1723 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1724 */
|
|
|
1725 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1726 {
|
|
|
1727 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1728 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1729 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1730 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1731 {
|
|
|
1732 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1733 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1734 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1735 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1736 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1737 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1738 }
|
|
|
1739 }
|
|
|
1740
|
|
|
1741 /*
|
|
|
1742 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1743 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1744 */
|
|
|
1745 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1746 }
|
|
|
1747
|
|
|
1748 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1749
|
|
|
1750 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1751 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1752 else
|
|
|
1753 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1754 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1755 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1756
|
|
|
1757 /*
|
|
|
1758 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1759 */
|
|
|
1760 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1761 {
|
|
|
1762 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1763 {
|
|
|
1764 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1765 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1766 else
|
|
|
1767 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1768 }
|
|
|
1769 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1770 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1771 else
|
|
|
1772 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1773 }
|
|
|
1774
|
|
|
1775 /*
|
|
|
1776 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1777 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1778 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1779 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1780 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1781 */
|
|
|
1782 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1783 {
|
|
|
1784 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1785 {
|
|
|
1786 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1787 --start_col;
|
|
|
1788 }
|
|
|
1789 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1790 {
|
|
|
1791 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1792 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1793 {
|
|
|
1794 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1795 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1796 }
|
|
|
1797 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1798 }
|
|
|
1799 }
|
|
|
1800
|
|
|
1801 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1802 /*
|
|
|
1803 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1804 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1805 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1806 */
|
|
|
1807 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1808 {
|
|
|
1809 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1810 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1811 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1812 return;
|
|
|
1813
|
|
|
1814 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1815 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1816 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1817 return;
|
|
|
1818
|
|
|
1819 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1820 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1821
|
|
|
1822 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1823 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1824 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1825
|
|
|
1826 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1827 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1828
|
|
|
1829 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1830 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1831
|
|
|
1832 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1833 }
|
|
|
1834 #endif
|
|
|
1835 }
|
|
|
1836
|
|
|
1837 /*
|
|
|
1838 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1839 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1840 * modes.
|
|
|
1841 */
|
|
|
1842 void
|
|
|
1843 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1844 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1845 {
|
|
|
1846 int i;
|
|
|
1847
|
|
|
1848 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1849 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1850 {
|
|
|
1851 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1852 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1853 }
|
|
|
1854 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1855 }
|
|
|
1856
|
|
|
1857 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1858 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1859 /*
|
|
|
1860 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1861 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1862 */
|
|
|
1863 void
|
|
|
1864 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1865 int col;
|
|
|
1866 {
|
|
|
1867 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1868 {
|
|
|
1869 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1870 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1871 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1872 else
|
|
|
1873 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1874 }
|
|
|
1875 }
|
|
|
1876 #endif
|
|
|
1877
|
|
|
1878 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1879 /*
|
|
449
|
1880 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1881 */
|
|
|
1882 static void
|
|
|
1883 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
1884 {
|
|
|
1885 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
1886 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
1887 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
1888 {
|
|
|
1889 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
1890 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
1891 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
665
|
1892 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
|
|
449
|
1893 else
|
|
|
1894 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
1895 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
1896 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
1897 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
1898 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
1899 showmode();
|
|
|
1900 }
|
|
|
1901 }
|
|
|
1902
|
|
|
1903 /*
|
|
|
1904 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
1905 */
|
|
|
1906 static int
|
|
|
1907 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
1908 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
1909 {
|
|
703
|
1910 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
1911 && !curwin->w_p_spell)
|
|
449
|
1912 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
1913 {
|
|
|
1914 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1915 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
1916 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
1917 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1918 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1919 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1920 {
|
|
|
1921 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1922 setcursor();
|
|
|
1923 out_flush();
|
|
|
1924 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1925 }
|
|
|
1926 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1927 }
|
|
|
1928 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1929 }
|
|
|
1930
|
|
|
1931 /*
|
|
7
|
1932 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1933 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1934 */
|
|
|
1935 int
|
|
|
1936 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1937 int c;
|
|
|
1938 {
|
|
|
1939 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1940 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1941 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1942
|
|
610
|
1943 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
|
|
644
|
1944 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
610
|
1945 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1946
|
|
7
|
1947 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1948 {
|
|
|
1949 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1950 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1951 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
1952 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
1953 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1954 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1955 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
477
|
1956 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
|
1957 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
|
7
|
1958 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1959 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1960 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1961 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1962 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1963 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1964 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1965 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1966 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1967 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1968 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1969 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1970 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1971 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1972 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1973 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1974 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1975 #endif
|
|
|
1976 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1977 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1978 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1979 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1980 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
1981 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
523
|
1982 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
449
|
1983 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
502
|
1984 #endif
|
|
477
|
1985 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
1986 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
1987 }
|
|
|
1988 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1989 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1990 }
|
|
|
1991
|
|
|
1992 /*
|
|
659
|
1993 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
|
|
7
|
1994 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1995 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1996 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
449
|
1997 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
7
|
1998 */
|
|
|
1999 int
|
|
681
|
2000 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
2001 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2002 int len;
|
|
681
|
2003 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2004 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2005 int dir;
|
|
464
|
2006 int flags;
|
|
7
|
2007 {
|
|
|
2008 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
2009 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
2010 int idx;
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
2013 {
|
|
|
2014 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
2015 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
419
|
2016 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
7
|
2017
|
|
|
2018 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
449
|
2019 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
2020 {
|
|
|
2021 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
|
7
|
2022 {
|
|
|
2023 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
2024 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
2025 {
|
|
|
2026 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
2027 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
2028 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
2029 break;
|
|
|
2030 }
|
|
|
2031 }
|
|
|
2032 }
|
|
|
2033
|
|
|
2034 /*
|
|
|
2035 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
2036 * upper case.
|
|
|
2037 */
|
|
|
2038 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
2039 {
|
|
449
|
2040 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
2041 {
|
|
449
|
2042 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
|
7
|
2043 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
2044 {
|
|
|
2045 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
2046 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
2047 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
2048 break;
|
|
|
2049 }
|
|
449
|
2050 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
|
7
|
2051 }
|
|
|
2052 }
|
|
|
2053
|
|
|
2054 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
449
|
2055 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
2056
|
|
681
|
2057 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags);
|
|
|
2058 }
|
|
|
2059 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags);
|
|
7
|
2060 }
|
|
|
2061
|
|
|
2062 /*
|
|
|
2063 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2064 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
464
|
2065 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
681
|
2066 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
|
|
7
|
2067 */
|
|
464
|
2068 int
|
|
681
|
2069 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, extra, cdir, flags)
|
|
7
|
2070 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2071 int len;
|
|
681
|
2072 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2073 char_u *fname;
|
|
659
|
2074 char_u *extra; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
|
|
|
2075 int cdir;
|
|
464
|
2076 int flags;
|
|
7
|
2077 {
|
|
464
|
2078 compl_T *match;
|
|
659
|
2079 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
|
|
7
|
2080
|
|
|
2081 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2082 if (got_int)
|
|
464
|
2083 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2084 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
2085 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
2086
|
|
|
2087 /*
|
|
|
2088 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
2089 */
|
|
449
|
2090 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2091 {
|
|
|
2092 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2093 do
|
|
|
2094 {
|
|
464
|
2095 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
681
|
2096 && ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
|
|
464
|
2097 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2098 return NOTDONE;
|
|
|
2099 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
449
|
2100 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
2101 }
|
|
|
2102
|
|
540
|
2103 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2104 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2105
|
|
7
|
2106 /*
|
|
|
2107 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2108 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2109 */
|
|
659
|
2110 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
|
7
|
2111 if (match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2112 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2113 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
|
2114 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2115 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
694
|
2116 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2117 {
|
|
|
2118 vim_free(match);
|
|
464
|
2119 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2120 }
|
|
681
|
2121 match->cp_icase = icase;
|
|
659
|
2122
|
|
7
|
2123 /* match-fname is:
|
|
464
|
2124 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
2125 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2126 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
659
|
2127 if (fname != NULL
|
|
|
2128 && compl_curr_match
|
|
|
2129 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
|
|
|
2130 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
464
|
2131 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
659
|
2132 else if (fname != NULL)
|
|
|
2133 {
|
|
|
2134 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
464
|
2135 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
659
|
2136 }
|
|
7
|
2137 else
|
|
464
|
2138 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2139 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
|
659
|
2140 if (extra != NULL)
|
|
|
2141 match->cp_extra = vim_strsave(extra);
|
|
7
|
2142
|
|
|
2143 /*
|
|
|
2144 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2145 */
|
|
449
|
2146 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2147 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2148 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2149 {
|
|
464
|
2150 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2151 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
2152 }
|
|
|
2153 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2154 {
|
|
464
|
2155 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2156 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
2157 }
|
|
|
2158 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
|
2159 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
|
2160 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
2161 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
|
7
|
2162 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
2163 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
2164 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
2165
|
|
665
|
2166 /*
|
|
|
2167 * Find the longest common string if still doing that.
|
|
|
2168 */
|
|
|
2169 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
2170 ins_compl_longest_match(match);
|
|
|
2171
|
|
7
|
2172 return OK;
|
|
|
2173 }
|
|
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 /*
|
|
681
|
2176 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering
|
|
|
2177 * match->cp_icase.
|
|
|
2178 */
|
|
|
2179 static int
|
|
|
2180 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
|
|
|
2181 compl_T *match;
|
|
|
2182 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2183 int len;
|
|
|
2184 {
|
|
|
2185 if (match->cp_icase)
|
|
|
2186 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
|
|
|
2187 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
|
|
|
2188 }
|
|
|
2189
|
|
|
2190 /*
|
|
665
|
2191 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
|
|
|
2192 */
|
|
|
2193 static void
|
|
|
2194 ins_compl_longest_match(match)
|
|
|
2195 compl_T *match;
|
|
|
2196 {
|
|
|
2197 char_u *p, *s;
|
|
681
|
2198 int c1, c2;
|
|
665
|
2199 int had_match;
|
|
|
2200
|
|
|
2201 if (compl_leader == NULL)
|
|
|
2202 /* First match, use it as a whole. */
|
|
|
2203 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
|
|
|
2204 else
|
|
|
2205 {
|
|
|
2206 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
|
|
681
|
2207 p = compl_leader;
|
|
|
2208 s = match->cp_str;
|
|
|
2209 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
665
|
2210 {
|
|
|
2211 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2212 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2213 {
|
|
681
|
2214 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
2215 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s);
|
|
665
|
2216 }
|
|
|
2217 else
|
|
|
2218 #endif
|
|
|
2219 {
|
|
681
|
2220 c1 = *p;
|
|
|
2221 c2 = *s;
|
|
|
2222 }
|
|
|
2223 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2))
|
|
|
2224 : (c1 != c2))
|
|
|
2225 break;
|
|
|
2226 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2227 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2228 {
|
|
|
2229 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
|
2230 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
|
2231 }
|
|
|
2232 else
|
|
|
2233 #endif
|
|
|
2234 {
|
|
|
2235 ++p;
|
|
|
2236 ++s;
|
|
665
|
2237 }
|
|
|
2238 }
|
|
|
2239
|
|
|
2240 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
2241 {
|
|
|
2242 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
|
|
|
2243 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
2244 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
|
|
|
2245 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2246 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2247 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
2248
|
|
|
2249 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
|
|
|
2250 * again after redrawing. */
|
|
|
2251 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2252 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2253 }
|
|
|
2254
|
|
|
2255 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2256 }
|
|
|
2257 }
|
|
|
2258
|
|
|
2259 /*
|
|
7
|
2260 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2261 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2262 */
|
|
|
2263 static void
|
|
681
|
2264 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase)
|
|
7
|
2265 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2266 char_u **matches;
|
|
681
|
2267 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2268 {
|
|
|
2269 int i;
|
|
|
2270 int add_r = OK;
|
|
659
|
2271 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2272
|
|
464
|
2273 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
|
681
|
2274 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase,
|
|
|
2275 NULL, NULL, dir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
7
|
2276 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
659
|
2277 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
7
|
2278 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2279 }
|
|
|
2280
|
|
|
2281 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2282 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2283 */
|
|
|
2284 static int
|
|
|
2285 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2286 {
|
|
464
|
2287 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2288 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2289
|
|
449
|
2290 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2291 {
|
|
|
2292 /*
|
|
|
2293 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2294 */
|
|
449
|
2295 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2296 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
464
|
2297 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
2298 {
|
|
|
2299 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
7
|
2300 ++count;
|
|
|
2301 }
|
|
464
|
2302 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2303 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2304 }
|
|
|
2305 return count;
|
|
|
2306 }
|
|
|
2307
|
|
574
|
2308 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
|
2309 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
659
|
2310 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
540
|
2311 static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2312
|
|
|
2313 /*
|
|
|
2314 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
|
2315 */
|
|
|
2316 static void
|
|
|
2317 ins_compl_upd_pum()
|
|
|
2318 {
|
|
|
2319 int h;
|
|
|
2320
|
|
|
2321 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2322 {
|
|
|
2323 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
|
2324 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2325 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
|
2326 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2327 }
|
|
|
2328 }
|
|
|
2329
|
|
|
2330 /*
|
|
|
2331 * Remove any popup menu.
|
|
|
2332 */
|
|
|
2333 static void
|
|
|
2334 ins_compl_del_pum()
|
|
|
2335 {
|
|
|
2336 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2337 {
|
|
|
2338 pum_undisplay();
|
|
|
2339 vim_free(compl_match_array);
|
|
|
2340 compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2341 }
|
|
|
2342 }
|
|
|
2343
|
|
|
2344 /*
|
|
|
2345 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
|
2346 */
|
|
|
2347 static int
|
|
|
2348 pum_wanted()
|
|
|
2349 {
|
|
|
2350 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" */
|
|
665
|
2351 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL)
|
|
540
|
2352 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2353
|
|
|
2354 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
|
|
|
2355 if (t_colors < 8
|
|
|
2356 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2357 && !gui.in_use
|
|
|
2358 #endif
|
|
|
2359 )
|
|
|
2360 return FALSE;
|
|
657
|
2361 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2362 }
|
|
|
2363
|
|
|
2364 /*
|
|
|
2365 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
|
|
|
2366 */
|
|
|
2367 static int
|
|
|
2368 pum_two_or_more()
|
|
|
2369 {
|
|
|
2370 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2371 int i;
|
|
540
|
2372
|
|
|
2373 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
|
2374 * one (ignoring the original text). */
|
|
|
2375 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2376 i = 0;
|
|
|
2377 do
|
|
|
2378 {
|
|
|
2379 if (compl == NULL
|
|
|
2380 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
|
|
|
2381 break;
|
|
|
2382 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2383 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2384
|
|
|
2385 return (i >= 2);
|
|
|
2386 }
|
|
|
2387
|
|
|
2388 /*
|
|
|
2389 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
|
659
|
2390 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
|
|
540
|
2391 */
|
|
648
|
2392 void
|
|
540
|
2393 ins_compl_show_pum()
|
|
|
2394 {
|
|
|
2395 compl_T *compl;
|
|
659
|
2396 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
2397 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2398 int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
|
|
540
|
2399 int i;
|
|
|
2400 int cur = -1;
|
|
|
2401 colnr_T col;
|
|
657
|
2402 int lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
2403
|
|
|
2404 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_two_or_more())
|
|
540
|
2405 return;
|
|
|
2406
|
|
|
2407 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
|
2408 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2409
|
|
|
2410 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
2411 {
|
|
|
2412 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
|
|
|
2413 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
|
2414 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
657
|
2415 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2416 lead_len = STRLEN(compl_leader);
|
|
540
|
2417 do
|
|
|
2418 {
|
|
657
|
2419 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2420 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
681
|
2421 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
|
540
|
2422 ++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2423 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2424 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
657
|
2425 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
|
|
|
2426 return;
|
|
659
|
2427 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
|
|
|
2428 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
|
|
540
|
2429 * compl_match_arraysize));
|
|
|
2430 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2431 {
|
|
|
2432 i = 0;
|
|
|
2433 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2434 do
|
|
|
2435 {
|
|
657
|
2436 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2437 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
681
|
2438 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
|
540
|
2439 {
|
|
659
|
2440 if (!shown_match_ok)
|
|
|
2441 {
|
|
|
2442 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
|
|
|
2443 {
|
|
|
2444 /* This item is the shown match or this is the
|
|
|
2445 * first displayed item after the shown match. */
|
|
|
2446 compl_shown_match = compl;
|
|
|
2447 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2448 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2449 }
|
|
|
2450 else
|
|
|
2451 /* Remember this displayed match for when the
|
|
|
2452 * shown match is just below it. */
|
|
|
2453 shown_compl = compl;
|
|
540
|
2454 cur = i;
|
|
659
|
2455 }
|
|
|
2456 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
|
|
|
2457 if (compl->cp_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
2458 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_extra;
|
|
|
2459 else
|
|
|
2460 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
|
|
|
2461 }
|
|
|
2462
|
|
|
2463 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
|
2464 {
|
|
|
2465 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2466 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
|
|
|
2467 {
|
|
|
2468 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
|
|
|
2469 * previously displayed match. */
|
|
|
2470 compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
|
|
|
2471 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2472 }
|
|
540
|
2473 }
|
|
|
2474 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2475 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
659
|
2476
|
|
|
2477 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
|
|
|
2478 cur = -1;
|
|
540
|
2479 }
|
|
|
2480 }
|
|
|
2481 else
|
|
|
2482 {
|
|
|
2483 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
|
657
|
2484 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
|
|
659
|
2485 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str)
|
|
657
|
2486 break;
|
|
|
2487 cur = i;
|
|
540
|
2488 }
|
|
|
2489
|
|
|
2490 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2491 {
|
|
|
2492 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
|
2493 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
|
|
|
2494 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2495 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
2496 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
2497 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur,
|
|
|
2498 curwin->w_cline_row + W_WINROW(curwin),
|
|
|
2499 curwin->w_cline_height,
|
|
648
|
2500 curwin->w_wcol + W_WINCOL(curwin) - curwin->w_leftcol);
|
|
540
|
2501 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
2502 }
|
|
|
2503 }
|
|
|
2504
|
|
7
|
2505 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2506 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
648
|
2507
|
|
7
|
2508 /*
|
|
703
|
2509 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary
|
|
|
2510 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions.
|
|
7
|
2511 */
|
|
|
2512 static void
|
|
703
|
2513 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2514 char_u *dict_start;
|
|
7
|
2515 char_u *pat;
|
|
667
|
2516 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */
|
|
703
|
2517 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */
|
|
|
2518 {
|
|
|
2519 char_u *dict = dict_start;
|
|
7
|
2520 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2521 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2522 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2523 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2524 int count;
|
|
|
2525 int i;
|
|
|
2526 int save_p_scs;
|
|
659
|
2527 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2528
|
|
703
|
2529 if (*dict == NUL)
|
|
|
2530 {
|
|
|
2531 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2532 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use
|
|
|
2533 * "spell". */
|
|
|
2534 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell)
|
|
|
2535 dict = (char_u *)"spell";
|
|
|
2536 else
|
|
|
2537 #endif
|
|
|
2538 return;
|
|
|
2539 }
|
|
|
2540
|
|
7
|
2541 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
703
|
2542 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
2543 return;
|
|
|
2544
|
|
7
|
2545 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2546 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2547 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2548 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
667
|
2549
|
|
|
2550 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern
|
|
|
2551 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the
|
|
|
2552 * pattern. */
|
|
|
2553 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2554 {
|
|
|
2555 i = STRLEN(pat) + 8;
|
|
|
2556 ptr = alloc(i);
|
|
|
2557 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
2558 return;
|
|
|
2559 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, i, "^\\s*\\zs%s", pat);
|
|
|
2560 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2561 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
2562 }
|
|
|
2563 else
|
|
703
|
2564 {
|
|
667
|
2565 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
703
|
2566 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
2567 goto theend;
|
|
|
2568 }
|
|
667
|
2569
|
|
7
|
2570 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2571 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
703
|
2572 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2573 {
|
|
|
2574 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2575 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2576 {
|
|
|
2577 count = 1;
|
|
|
2578 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2579 }
|
|
|
2580 else
|
|
|
2581 {
|
|
|
2582 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2583 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2584 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2585 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
703
|
2586 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0)
|
|
|
2587 count = -1;
|
|
|
2588 else if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
7
|
2589 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2590 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2591 count = 0;
|
|
|
2592 }
|
|
|
2593
|
|
703
|
2594 if (count == -1)
|
|
|
2595 {
|
|
|
2596 /* Skip "\<" in the pattern, we don't use it as a RE. */
|
|
|
2597 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<')
|
|
|
2598 ptr = pat + 2;
|
|
|
2599 else
|
|
|
2600 ptr = pat;
|
|
|
2601 spell_dump_compl(curbuf, ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0);
|
|
|
2602 }
|
|
|
2603 else
|
|
|
2604 {
|
|
|
2605 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags,
|
|
|
2606 ®match, buf, &dir);
|
|
7
|
2607 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
703
|
2608 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2609 }
|
|
|
2610 if (flags != 0)
|
|
7
|
2611 break;
|
|
|
2612 }
|
|
703
|
2613
|
|
|
2614 theend:
|
|
7
|
2615 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2616 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2617 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2618 }
|
|
|
2619
|
|
703
|
2620 static void
|
|
|
2621 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir)
|
|
|
2622 int count;
|
|
|
2623 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2624 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2625 int flags;
|
|
|
2626 regmatch_T *regmatch;
|
|
|
2627 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2628 int *dir;
|
|
|
2629 {
|
|
|
2630 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2631 int i;
|
|
|
2632 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2633 int add_r;
|
|
|
2634
|
|
|
2635 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
|
2636 {
|
|
|
2637 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2638 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2639 {
|
|
|
2640 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2641 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
|
2642 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2643 }
|
|
|
2644
|
|
|
2645 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2646 {
|
|
|
2647 /*
|
|
|
2648 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2649 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2650 */
|
|
|
2651 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
2652 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
|
2653 {
|
|
|
2654 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2655 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2656 {
|
|
|
2657 ptr = regmatch->startp[0];
|
|
|
2658 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2659 ptr = find_line_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2660 else
|
|
|
2661 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2662 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0],
|
|
|
2663 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]),
|
|
|
2664 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
|
|
|
2665 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2666 {
|
|
|
2667 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2668
|
|
|
2669 /*
|
|
|
2670 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2671 */
|
|
|
2672 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2673 {
|
|
|
2674 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2675 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2676 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2677 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2678 break;
|
|
|
2679 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2680
|
|
|
2681 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2682 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2683 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2684 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2685 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2686 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2687 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2688 {
|
|
|
2689 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
|
2690
|
|
|
2691 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2692 break;
|
|
|
2693 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2694 }
|
|
|
2695 else
|
|
|
2696 #endif
|
|
|
2697 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2698 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2699 (int)(ptr - wstart),
|
|
|
2700 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
|
|
|
2701 }
|
|
|
2702 }
|
|
|
2703 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2704 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2705 *dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2706 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
|
2707 break;
|
|
|
2708 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2709 * of line */
|
|
|
2710 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2711 break;
|
|
|
2712 }
|
|
|
2713 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2714 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
|
|
2715 }
|
|
|
2716 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2717 }
|
|
|
2718 }
|
|
|
2719 }
|
|
|
2720
|
|
7
|
2721 /*
|
|
|
2722 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2723 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2724 */
|
|
|
2725 char_u *
|
|
|
2726 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2727 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2728 {
|
|
|
2729 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2730 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2731 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
474
|
2732 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2733 else
|
|
|
2734 #endif
|
|
|
2735 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2736 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2737 return ptr;
|
|
|
2738 }
|
|
|
2739
|
|
|
2740 /*
|
|
|
2741 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2742 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2743 */
|
|
|
2744 char_u *
|
|
|
2745 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2746 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2747 {
|
|
|
2748 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2749 int start_class;
|
|
|
2750
|
|
|
2751 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2752 {
|
|
|
2753 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2754 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2755 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2756 {
|
|
474
|
2757 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2758 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2759 break;
|
|
|
2760 }
|
|
|
2761 }
|
|
|
2762 else
|
|
|
2763 #endif
|
|
|
2764 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2765 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2766 return ptr;
|
|
|
2767 }
|
|
|
2768
|
|
|
2769 /*
|
|
667
|
2770 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end.
|
|
|
2771 * Returns a pointer to just after the line.
|
|
|
2772 */
|
|
|
2773 static char_u *
|
|
|
2774 find_line_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2775 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2776 {
|
|
|
2777 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2778
|
|
|
2779 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
2780 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL))
|
|
|
2781 --s;
|
|
|
2782 return s;
|
|
|
2783 }
|
|
|
2784
|
|
|
2785 /*
|
|
7
|
2786 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2787 */
|
|
|
2788 static void
|
|
|
2789 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2790 {
|
|
464
|
2791 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2792
|
|
449
|
2793 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2794 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
2795 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2796 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
449
|
2797
|
|
|
2798 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2799 return;
|
|
540
|
2800
|
|
|
2801 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2802 pum_clear();
|
|
|
2803
|
|
449
|
2804 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2805 do
|
|
|
2806 {
|
|
449
|
2807 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
464
|
2808 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2809 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
|
7
|
2810 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
464
|
2811 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2812 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
|
659
|
2813 vim_free(match->cp_extra);
|
|
7
|
2814 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
2815 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2816 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2817 }
|
|
|
2818
|
|
|
2819 static void
|
|
|
2820 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2821 {
|
|
449
|
2822 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2823 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2824 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2825 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2826 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
2827 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2828 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2829 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2830 }
|
|
|
2831
|
|
|
2832 /*
|
|
674
|
2833 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active.
|
|
|
2834 */
|
|
|
2835 int
|
|
|
2836 ins_compl_active()
|
|
|
2837 {
|
|
|
2838 return compl_started;
|
|
|
2839 }
|
|
|
2840
|
|
|
2841 /*
|
|
659
|
2842 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
|
|
|
2843 * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
|
|
657
|
2844 * Returns TRUE if the work is done and another char to be got from the user.
|
|
|
2845 */
|
|
|
2846 static int
|
|
|
2847 ins_compl_bs()
|
|
|
2848 {
|
|
|
2849 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2850 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2851
|
|
|
2852 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length)
|
|
|
2853 {
|
|
|
2854 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches, need to look for
|
|
|
2855 * matches all over again. */
|
|
|
2856 ins_compl_free();
|
|
|
2857 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2858 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2859 }
|
|
|
2860
|
|
|
2861 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
2862 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2863 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
|
2864
|
|
|
2865 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2866 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (p - line) - compl_col);
|
|
|
2867 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2868 {
|
|
|
2869 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2870 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2871 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2872
|
|
694
|
2873 if (compl_started)
|
|
|
2874 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2875 else
|
|
657
|
2876 {
|
|
|
2877 /* Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. */
|
|
|
2878 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2879 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2880 else
|
|
|
2881 {
|
|
|
2882 /* Remove the completed word again. */
|
|
|
2883 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2884 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2885 }
|
|
|
2886 }
|
|
|
2887
|
|
|
2888 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
2889 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
2890 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2891
|
|
|
2892 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2893 }
|
|
|
2894 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2895 }
|
|
|
2896
|
|
|
2897 /*
|
|
|
2898 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
2899 * matches.
|
|
|
2900 */
|
|
|
2901 static void
|
|
|
2902 ins_compl_addleader(c)
|
|
|
2903 int c;
|
|
|
2904 {
|
|
|
2905 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2906 int cc;
|
|
|
2907
|
|
|
2908 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
2909 {
|
|
|
2910 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
2911
|
|
|
2912 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
2913 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
2914 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
2915 }
|
|
|
2916 else
|
|
|
2917 #endif
|
|
|
2918 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
2919
|
|
|
2920 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2921 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
|
|
|
2922 curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2923 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2924 {
|
|
|
2925 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
2926 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2927 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
2928 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
694
|
2929 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2930 }
|
|
|
2931 }
|
|
|
2932
|
|
|
2933 /*
|
|
|
2934 * Set the first match, the original text.
|
|
|
2935 */
|
|
|
2936 static void
|
|
|
2937 ins_compl_set_original_text(str)
|
|
|
2938 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2939 {
|
|
|
2940 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2941
|
|
|
2942 /* Replace the original text entry. */
|
|
|
2943 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */
|
|
|
2944 {
|
|
|
2945 p = vim_strsave(str);
|
|
|
2946 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
2947 {
|
|
|
2948 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str);
|
|
|
2949 compl_first_match->cp_str = p;
|
|
|
2950 }
|
|
657
|
2951 }
|
|
|
2952 }
|
|
|
2953
|
|
|
2954 /*
|
|
659
|
2955 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
2956 * matches.
|
|
|
2957 */
|
|
|
2958 static void
|
|
|
2959 ins_compl_addfrommatch()
|
|
|
2960 {
|
|
|
2961 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2962 int len = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
|
|
|
2963 int c;
|
|
|
2964
|
|
|
2965 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
|
|
677
|
2966 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */
|
|
659
|
2967 return;
|
|
|
2968 p += len;
|
|
|
2969 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2970 c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
2971 #else
|
|
|
2972 c = *p;
|
|
|
2973 #endif
|
|
|
2974 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
2975 }
|
|
|
2976
|
|
|
2977 /*
|
|
7
|
2978 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
464
|
2979 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
|
540
|
2980 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
|
|
7
|
2981 */
|
|
540
|
2982 static int
|
|
7
|
2983 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2984 int c;
|
|
|
2985 {
|
|
|
2986 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2987 int temp;
|
|
|
2988 int want_cindent;
|
|
540
|
2989 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2990
|
|
|
2991 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2992 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2993 */
|
|
|
2994 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2995 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2996
|
|
|
2997 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2998 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
540
|
2999 return retval;
|
|
7
|
3000
|
|
665
|
3001 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
|
|
|
3002 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
|
|
|
3003 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started))
|
|
|
3004 {
|
|
|
3005 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL);
|
|
|
3006 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
3007 }
|
|
|
3008
|
|
7
|
3009 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
3010 {
|
|
|
3011 /*
|
|
|
3012 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
3013 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
3014 */
|
|
|
3015 switch (c)
|
|
|
3016 {
|
|
|
3017 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
3018 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
3019 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
3020 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
3021 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
3022 else
|
|
|
3023 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
3024 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
3025 showmode();
|
|
|
3026 break;
|
|
|
3027 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
3028 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
3029 break;
|
|
|
3030 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
3031 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
3032 break;
|
|
|
3033 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
3034 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3035 break;
|
|
|
3036 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
3037 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
3038 break;
|
|
|
3039 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
3040 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3041 break;
|
|
12
|
3042 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3043 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
3044 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
3045 break;
|
|
449
|
3046 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
523
|
3047 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
|
449
|
3048 break;
|
|
502
|
3049 #endif
|
|
477
|
3050 case 's':
|
|
|
3051 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
3052 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
|
484
|
3053 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3054 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
|
3055 #endif
|
|
477
|
3056 break;
|
|
7
|
3057 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
3058 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
3059 break;
|
|
|
3060 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3061 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
3062 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
3063 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3064 break;
|
|
|
3065 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
3066 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3067 break;
|
|
|
3068 #endif
|
|
|
3069 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
3070 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
3071 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
3072 break;
|
|
|
3073 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
3074 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
3075 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
3076 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
3077 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
3078 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
3079 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
3080 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
3081 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3082 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
3083 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3084 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3085 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3086 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
3087 default:
|
|
449
|
3088 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
3089 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
3090 * mode).
|
|
|
3091 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
3092 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
3093 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
3094 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
3095 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
3096 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
3097 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
3098 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
3099 {
|
|
449
|
3100 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3101 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3102 else
|
|
449
|
3103 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
3104 }
|
|
|
3105 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
3106 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3107 showmode();
|
|
|
3108 break;
|
|
|
3109 }
|
|
|
3110 }
|
|
|
3111 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3112 {
|
|
|
3113 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
3114 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3115 {
|
|
|
3116 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
3117 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
3118 else
|
|
|
3119 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
3120 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3121 }
|
|
|
3122 showmode();
|
|
|
3123 }
|
|
|
3124
|
|
449
|
3125 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
3126 {
|
|
|
3127 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
3128 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
3129 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
3130 showmode();
|
|
644
|
3131 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
|
|
|
3132 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
7
|
3133 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
3134 {
|
|
|
3135 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
3136 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
3137 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
|
3138 if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
3139 {
|
|
449
|
3140 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3141
|
|
7
|
3142 /*
|
|
|
3143 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
3144 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
3145 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
3146 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
3147 */
|
|
464
|
3148 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
449
|
3149 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
3150 while (*p && *p == *ptr)
|
|
7
|
3151 {
|
|
449
|
3152 ++p;
|
|
7
|
3153 ++ptr;
|
|
|
3154 }
|
|
449
|
3155 for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
7
|
3156 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
620
|
3157 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr, -1);
|
|
7
|
3158 }
|
|
|
3159
|
|
|
3160 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3161 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
3162 #endif
|
|
|
3163 /*
|
|
|
3164 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
3165 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
3166 */
|
|
449
|
3167 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
3168 {
|
|
|
3169 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3170 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
3171 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
3172 {
|
|
|
3173 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
3174 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
3175 }
|
|
|
3176 #endif
|
|
|
3177 }
|
|
|
3178 else
|
|
|
3179 {
|
|
|
3180 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
3181 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
3182 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
3183 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
3184 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
3185 }
|
|
|
3186
|
|
|
3187 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
3188
|
|
540
|
3189 /* if the popup menu is displayed hitting Enter means accepting
|
|
|
3190 * the selection without inserting anything. */
|
|
|
3191 if ((c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) && pum_visible())
|
|
|
3192 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
3193
|
|
7
|
3194 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
3195 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3196 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
3197 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3198 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
3199 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
3200 {
|
|
|
3201 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3202 showmode();
|
|
|
3203 }
|
|
|
3204
|
|
|
3205 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3206 /*
|
|
|
3207 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
3208 */
|
|
|
3209 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
3210 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
3211 #endif
|
|
|
3212 }
|
|
|
3213 }
|
|
|
3214
|
|
|
3215 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
3216 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
3217 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3218 {
|
|
449
|
3219 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3220 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
3221 }
|
|
540
|
3222
|
|
|
3223 return retval;
|
|
7
|
3224 }
|
|
|
3225
|
|
|
3226 /*
|
|
|
3227 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
3228 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
3229 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
3230 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
3231 *
|
|
|
3232 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3233 */
|
|
|
3234 static buf_T *
|
|
|
3235 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
3236 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3237 int flag;
|
|
|
3238 {
|
|
|
3239 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3240 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
3241 #endif
|
|
|
3242
|
|
|
3243 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
3244 {
|
|
|
3245 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3246 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
3247 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
3248 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
3249 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3250 ;
|
|
|
3251 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
3252 #else
|
|
|
3253 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3254 #endif
|
|
|
3255 }
|
|
|
3256 else
|
|
|
3257 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
3258 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
3259 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
3260 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
3261 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
3262 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3263 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3264 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
667
|
3265 || buf->b_scanned))
|
|
7
|
3266 ;
|
|
|
3267 return buf;
|
|
|
3268 }
|
|
|
3269
|
|
12
|
3270 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
659
|
3271 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base));
|
|
12
|
3272
|
|
|
3273 /*
|
|
523
|
3274 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
|
502
|
3275 * get matches in "matches".
|
|
452
|
3276 * Return value is number of matches.
|
|
12
|
3277 */
|
|
659
|
3278 static void
|
|
|
3279 expand_by_function(type, base)
|
|
523
|
3280 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
|
12
|
3281 char_u *base;
|
|
|
3282 {
|
|
452
|
3283 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
502
|
3284 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
3285 listitem_T *li;
|
|
|
3286 char_u *p;
|
|
502
|
3287 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
3288 pos_T pos;
|
|
659
|
3289 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
|
3290 char_u *x;
|
|
681
|
3291 int icase;
|
|
502
|
3292
|
|
|
3293 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
3294 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
659
|
3295 return;
|
|
452
|
3296
|
|
|
3297 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
|
3298 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
502
|
3299 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
3300
|
|
|
3301 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3302 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
3303 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
452
|
3304 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
659
|
3305 return;
|
|
|
3306
|
|
|
3307 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
|
|
452
|
3308 for (li = matchlist->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
|
3309 {
|
|
697
|
3310 icase = p_ic;
|
|
659
|
3311 if (li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_DICT && li->li_tv.vval.v_dict != NULL)
|
|
|
3312 {
|
|
|
3313 p = get_dict_string(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
|
|
|
3314 x = get_dict_string(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
|
|
681
|
3315 if (get_dict_string(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase",
|
|
697
|
3316 FALSE) != NULL)
|
|
681
|
3317 icase = get_dict_number(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3318 (char_u *)"icase");
|
|
659
|
3319 }
|
|
|
3320 else
|
|
|
3321 {
|
|
|
3322 p = get_tv_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
|
|
|
3323 x = NULL;
|
|
|
3324 }
|
|
452
|
3325 if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
3326 {
|
|
681
|
3327 if (ins_compl_add(p, -1, icase, NULL, x, dir, 0) == OK)
|
|
659
|
3328 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
3329 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
452
|
3330 }
|
|
648
|
3331 else if (did_emsg)
|
|
|
3332 break;
|
|
452
|
3333 }
|
|
|
3334
|
|
|
3335 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
12
|
3336 }
|
|
|
3337 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
3338
|
|
449
|
3339 /*
|
|
|
3340 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
659
|
3341 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
|
|
|
3342 * compl_direction.
|
|
667
|
3343 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue
|
|
|
3344 * where we stopped searching before.
|
|
449
|
3345 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
3346 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
3347 */
|
|
|
3348 static int
|
|
659
|
3349 ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
|
|
7
|
3350 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
3351 {
|
|
|
3352 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3353 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
3354 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
3355 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
3356 certain type. */
|
|
|
3357 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
3358
|
|
464
|
3359 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
3360 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
3361 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3362 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3363 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3364 int i;
|
|
|
3365 int num_matches;
|
|
|
3366 int len;
|
|
|
3367 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
3368 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
3369 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3370 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3371 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
3372 compl_T *old_match;
|
|
7
|
3373
|
|
449
|
3374 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3375 {
|
|
|
3376 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
3377 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
3378 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3379 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
3380 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
3381 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
3382 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3383 }
|
|
|
3384
|
|
449
|
3385 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
659
|
3386 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
7
|
3387 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
3388 for (;;)
|
|
|
3389 {
|
|
|
3390 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3391
|
|
449
|
3392 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
3393 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
3394 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
3395 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3396 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
3397 {
|
|
|
3398 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3399 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
3400 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
3401 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3402 {
|
|
|
3403 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3404 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3405 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
3406 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
3407 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
3408 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3409 type = 0;
|
|
|
3410 }
|
|
|
3411 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
3412 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
3413 {
|
|
|
3414 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
3415 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
3416 {
|
|
449
|
3417 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3418 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
3419 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
3420 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
3421 type = 0;
|
|
|
3422 }
|
|
|
3423 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
3424 {
|
|
|
3425 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3426 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3427 continue;
|
|
|
3428 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3429 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
3430 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
3431 }
|
|
274
|
3432 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
3433 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
3434 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
3435 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
3436 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
3437 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
3438 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3439 }
|
|
|
3440 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
3441 break;
|
|
|
3442 else
|
|
|
3443 {
|
|
|
3444 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3445 type = -1;
|
|
|
3446 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
3447 {
|
|
|
3448 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
3449 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3450 else
|
|
|
3451 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3452 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
3453 {
|
|
|
3454 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
3455 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
3456 }
|
|
|
3457 }
|
|
|
3458 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3459 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
3460 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3461 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
3462 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3463 #endif
|
|
|
3464 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
3465 {
|
|
|
3466 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
3467 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
3468 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3469 }
|
|
|
3470 else
|
|
|
3471 type = -1;
|
|
|
3472
|
|
|
3473 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
3474 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
3475
|
|
|
3476 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3477 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
3478 continue;
|
|
|
3479 }
|
|
|
3480 }
|
|
|
3481
|
|
|
3482 switch (type)
|
|
|
3483 {
|
|
|
3484 case -1:
|
|
|
3485 break;
|
|
|
3486 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3487 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
3488 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
659
|
3489 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
3490 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
3491 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
3492 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3493 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
3494 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
3495 break;
|
|
|
3496 #endif
|
|
|
3497
|
|
|
3498 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
3499 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
3500 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
703
|
3501 dict != NULL ? dict
|
|
7
|
3502 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
3503 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
3504 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
3505 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
3506 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
3507 ? p_dict
|
|
|
3508 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
659
|
3509 compl_pattern,
|
|
703
|
3510 dict != NULL ? dict_f
|
|
|
3511 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
7
|
3512 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3513 break;
|
|
|
3514
|
|
|
3515 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
3516 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
3517 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
3518 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3519
|
|
|
3520 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
3521 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
3522 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3523 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
3524 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
3525 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3526 {
|
|
681
|
3527 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
|
|
7
|
3528 }
|
|
|
3529 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3530 break;
|
|
|
3531
|
|
|
3532 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
3533 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3534 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
3535 {
|
|
|
3536
|
|
|
3537 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
3538 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
681
|
3539 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches,
|
|
|
3540 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
3541 TRUE
|
|
|
3542 #else
|
|
|
3543 FALSE
|
|
|
3544 #endif
|
|
|
3545 );
|
|
7
|
3546 }
|
|
|
3547 break;
|
|
|
3548
|
|
|
3549 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
3550 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3551 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
3552 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
681
|
3553 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
3554 break;
|
|
|
3555
|
|
12
|
3556 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3557 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
523
|
3558 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
659
|
3559 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
|
|
12
|
3560 break;
|
|
|
3561 #endif
|
|
|
3562
|
|
477
|
3563 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
3564 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3565 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
3566 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
3567 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
681
|
3568 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
|
|
477
|
3569 #endif
|
|
|
3570 break;
|
|
|
3571
|
|
7
|
3572 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
3573 /*
|
|
|
3574 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
3575 */
|
|
|
3576 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
3577 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
3578 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
3579
|
|
7
|
3580 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
3581 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
3582 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
3583 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
3584 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
3585 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
3586 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
3587 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
3588 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
3589 for (;;)
|
|
|
3590 {
|
|
464
|
3591 int flags = 0;
|
|
7
|
3592
|
|
540
|
3593 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
|
|
|
3594 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
7
|
3595 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
3596 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3597 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
659
|
3598 compl_direction, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3599 else
|
|
659
|
3600 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
|
|
|
3601 compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
3602 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
692
|
3603 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0);
|
|
449
|
3604 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3605 {
|
|
667
|
3606 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */
|
|
449
|
3607 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3608 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3609 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3610 }
|
|
|
3611 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
665
|
3612 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
7
|
3613 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3614 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
3615 {
|
|
|
3616 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
3617 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3618 break;
|
|
|
3619 }
|
|
|
3620
|
|
|
3621 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
3622 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
3623 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
3624 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
3625 continue;
|
|
|
3626 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
3627 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3628 {
|
|
449
|
3629 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3630 {
|
|
|
3631 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3632 continue;
|
|
|
3633 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3634 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
3635 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3636 }
|
|
|
3637 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3638 }
|
|
|
3639 else
|
|
|
3640 {
|
|
449
|
3641 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
3642
|
|
|
3643 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3644 {
|
|
449
|
3645 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3646 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
3647 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3648 continue;
|
|
|
3649 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3650 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3651 }
|
|
|
3652 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
3653 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3654 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3655
|
|
449
|
3656 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3657 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3658 {
|
|
|
3659 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3660 {
|
|
|
3661 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
3662 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
3663 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
3664 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
3665 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3666 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
3667 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3668 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3669 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3670 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3671 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
3672 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3673 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
3674 {
|
|
419
|
3675 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
3676 {
|
|
419
|
3677 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
3678 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3679 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
3680 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
3681 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
3682 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
3683 == NULL
|
|
419
|
3684 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
3685 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
3686 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3687 }
|
|
|
3688 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
3689 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
3690 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
3691 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3692 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
464
|
3693 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3694 }
|
|
|
3695 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3696 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
3697 }
|
|
449
|
3698 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3699 continue;
|
|
|
3700 }
|
|
|
3701 }
|
|
681
|
3702 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic,
|
|
540
|
3703 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
659
|
3704 0, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
|
7
|
3705 {
|
|
|
3706 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3707 break;
|
|
|
3708 }
|
|
|
3709 }
|
|
|
3710 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3711 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3712 }
|
|
540
|
3713
|
|
449
|
3714 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
|
3715 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
|
540
|
3716 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
3717 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3718
|
|
|
3719 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3720 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3721 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3722 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
540
|
3723 {
|
|
|
3724 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3725 break;
|
|
665
|
3726 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
|
540
|
3727 if (pum_wanted() && type != -1)
|
|
|
3728 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
|
|
665
|
3729
|
|
540
|
3730 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3731 || compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
3732 break;
|
|
|
3733 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
3734 }
|
|
|
3735 else
|
|
|
3736 {
|
|
|
3737 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3738 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3739 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3740
|
|
|
3741 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3742 }
|
|
449
|
3743 }
|
|
|
3744 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3745
|
|
|
3746 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3747 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3748 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3749
|
|
|
3750 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3751 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3752 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3753 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3754
|
|
|
3755 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
3756 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
3757 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
659
|
3758 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next : old_match->cp_prev;
|
|
449
|
3759 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3760 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
3761 return i;
|
|
|
3762 }
|
|
|
3763
|
|
|
3764 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3765 static void
|
|
|
3766 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3767 {
|
|
|
3768 int i;
|
|
|
3769
|
|
|
3770 /*
|
|
|
3771 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3772 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3773 */
|
|
449
|
3774 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
3775 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3776 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3777 }
|
|
|
3778
|
|
|
3779 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3780 static void
|
|
|
3781 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3782 {
|
|
464
|
3783 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
683
|
3784 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
3785 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
3786 else
|
|
|
3787 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3788 }
|
|
|
3789
|
|
|
3790 /*
|
|
|
3791 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
464
|
3792 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
|
3793 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
|
3794 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
|
3795 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
|
3796 * through the ones found so far.
|
|
7
|
3797 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3798 *
|
|
449
|
3799 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3800 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
3801 *
|
|
|
3802 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
464
|
3803 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3804 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
|
7
|
3805 */
|
|
|
3806 static int
|
|
665
|
3807 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match)
|
|
7
|
3808 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
610
|
3809 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
|
|
|
3810 be at least 1 */
|
|
665
|
3811 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */
|
|
7
|
3812 {
|
|
|
3813 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3814 int i;
|
|
610
|
3815 int todo = count;
|
|
657
|
3816 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
3817 int found_end = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3818
|
|
665
|
3819 if (compl_leader != NULL
|
|
|
3820 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
3821 {
|
|
|
3822 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
|
|
|
3823 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
|
|
681
|
3824 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
|
3825 compl_leader, STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
|
665
|
3826 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
|
|
|
3827 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
3828 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
3829 }
|
|
|
3830
|
|
|
3831 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
|
|
|
3832 && (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match))
|
|
7
|
3833 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3834 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
665
|
3835
|
|
449
|
3836 compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
610
|
3837
|
|
|
3838 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
|
|
|
3839 * around. */
|
|
|
3840 while (--todo >= 0)
|
|
|
3841 {
|
|
|
3842 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
3843 {
|
|
|
3844 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
657
|
3845 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
|
|
|
3846 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
|
|
|
3847 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
|
|
610
|
3848 }
|
|
|
3849 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|
3850 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3851 {
|
|
657
|
3852 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
610
|
3853 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
657
|
3854 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
3855 }
|
|
|
3856 else
|
|
610
|
3857 {
|
|
|
3858 compl_pending = TRUE;
|
|
657
|
3859 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3860 return -1;
|
|
|
3861
|
|
659
|
3862 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
|
|
657
|
3863 if (compl_pending && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
|
|
|
3864 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
3865 found_end = FALSE;
|
|
|
3866 }
|
|
|
3867 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
3868 && compl_leader != NULL
|
|
681
|
3869 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
|
3870 compl_leader, STRLEN(compl_leader)))
|
|
657
|
3871 ++todo;
|
|
|
3872 else
|
|
|
3873 /* Remember a matching item. */
|
|
|
3874 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3875
|
|
|
3876 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
|
|
|
3877 if (found_end)
|
|
|
3878 {
|
|
|
3879 if (found_compl != NULL)
|
|
610
|
3880 {
|
|
657
|
3881 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
|
|
|
3882 break;
|
|
610
|
3883 }
|
|
657
|
3884 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
|
|
610
|
3885 }
|
|
7
|
3886 }
|
|
|
3887
|
|
665
|
3888 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
|
|
|
3889 if (insert_match)
|
|
|
3890 {
|
|
|
3891 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
|
|
|
3892 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3893 else
|
|
|
3894 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
3895 }
|
|
|
3896 else
|
|
|
3897 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3898
|
|
|
3899 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3900 {
|
|
540
|
3901 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
|
3902 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
3903
|
|
665
|
3904 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
|
|
|
3905 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3906
|
|
540
|
3907 /* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
|
3908 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
3909
|
|
7
|
3910 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3911 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3912 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3913 }
|
|
|
3914
|
|
|
3915 /*
|
|
|
3916 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3917 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3918 */
|
|
464
|
3919 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
3920 {
|
|
|
3921 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
464
|
3922 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
3923 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3924 i = 0;
|
|
|
3925 else
|
|
|
3926 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
464
|
3927 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
|
7
|
3928 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3929 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3930 }
|
|
|
3931
|
|
|
3932 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3933 }
|
|
|
3934
|
|
|
3935 /*
|
|
|
3936 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3937 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
449
|
3938 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
3939 * possible. -- webb
|
|
464
|
3940 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
|
7
|
3941 */
|
|
|
3942 void
|
|
464
|
3943 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
|
3944 int frequency;
|
|
7
|
3945 {
|
|
|
3946 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3947
|
|
|
3948 int c;
|
|
|
3949
|
|
|
3950 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3951 * scripts */
|
|
|
3952 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3953 return;
|
|
|
3954
|
|
|
3955 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
464
|
3956 if (++count < frequency)
|
|
7
|
3957 return;
|
|
|
3958 count = 0;
|
|
|
3959
|
|
|
3960 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3961 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3962 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3963 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3964 {
|
|
|
3965 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3966 {
|
|
|
3967 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
610
|
3968 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
665
|
3969 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
|
|
|
3970 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
|
|
7
|
3971 }
|
|
|
3972 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
449
|
3973 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3974 }
|
|
|
3975 if (compl_pending && !got_int)
|
|
665
|
3976 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, 1, TRUE);
|
|
610
|
3977 }
|
|
|
3978
|
|
|
3979 /*
|
|
|
3980 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
|
|
|
3981 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
|
|
|
3982 */
|
|
|
3983 static int
|
|
|
3984 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
|
|
|
3985 int c;
|
|
|
3986 {
|
|
665
|
3987 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
|
|
|
3988 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP
|
|
|
3989 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP)))
|
|
610
|
3990 return BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3991 return FORWARD;
|
|
|
3992 }
|
|
|
3993
|
|
|
3994 /*
|
|
644
|
3995 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
|
|
|
3996 * is visible.
|
|
|
3997 */
|
|
|
3998 static int
|
|
|
3999 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
|
|
|
4000 int c;
|
|
|
4001 {
|
|
|
4002 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
|
665
|
4003 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN
|
|
|
4004 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
|
|
644
|
4005 }
|
|
|
4006
|
|
|
4007 /*
|
|
610
|
4008 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
|
|
|
4009 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
|
|
|
4010 */
|
|
|
4011 static int
|
|
|
4012 ins_compl_key2count(c)
|
|
|
4013 int c;
|
|
|
4014 {
|
|
|
4015 int h;
|
|
|
4016
|
|
665
|
4017 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN)
|
|
610
|
4018 {
|
|
|
4019 h = pum_get_height();
|
|
|
4020 if (h > 3)
|
|
|
4021 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
|
|
|
4022 return h;
|
|
|
4023 }
|
|
|
4024 return 1;
|
|
7
|
4025 }
|
|
|
4026
|
|
|
4027 /*
|
|
681
|
4028 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only
|
|
|
4029 * to change the currently selected completion.
|
|
|
4030 */
|
|
|
4031 static int
|
|
|
4032 ins_compl_use_match(c)
|
|
|
4033 int c;
|
|
|
4034 {
|
|
|
4035 switch (c)
|
|
|
4036 {
|
|
|
4037 case K_UP:
|
|
|
4038 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
4039 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
4040 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
4041 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
4042 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
4043 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
4044 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
4045 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4046 }
|
|
|
4047 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4048 }
|
|
|
4049
|
|
|
4050 /*
|
|
7
|
4051 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
4052 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
4053 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
4054 */
|
|
|
4055 static int
|
|
|
4056 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
4057 int c;
|
|
7
|
4058 {
|
|
449
|
4059 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4060 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
4061 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
4062 int n;
|
|
7
|
4063
|
|
610
|
4064 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
449
|
4065 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
4066 {
|
|
|
4067 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
4068
|
|
|
4069 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4070 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4071 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4072 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4073 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4074 #endif
|
|
|
4075 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4076 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4077
|
|
|
4078 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
4079 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
4080
|
|
|
4081 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
4082 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
4083 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
|
4084 * "compl_startpos"
|
|
7
|
4085 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
4086 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
4087 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
4088 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
665
|
4089 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
|
|
|
4090 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
4091 {
|
|
|
4092 /*
|
|
|
4093 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
4094 */
|
|
449
|
4095 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
4096 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
4097 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
4098 {
|
|
449
|
4099 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
4100 {
|
|
449
|
4101 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
4102 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
4103 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
4104 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
4105 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
4106 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
4107 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4108 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
4109 }
|
|
|
4110 else
|
|
|
4111 {
|
|
|
4112 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
4113 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
4114 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
4115 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
4116 {
|
|
449
|
4117 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
4118 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
4119 line + compl_length
|
|
|
4120 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
4121 }
|
|
449
|
4122 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
4123 }
|
|
449
|
4124 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
502
|
4125 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
7
|
4126 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
4127 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
4128 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
4129 {
|
|
449
|
4130 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
4131 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
4132 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
4133 }
|
|
449
|
4134 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4135 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
4136 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
4137 }
|
|
|
4138 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
4139 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
4140 else
|
|
449
|
4141 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
4142 }
|
|
|
4143 else
|
|
449
|
4144 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
4145
|
|
|
4146 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
4147 {
|
|
|
4148 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
4149 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
4150 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
4151 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4152 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4153 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
4154 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
4155 }
|
|
|
4156
|
|
|
4157 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
4158 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
4159 {
|
|
449
|
4160 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
4161 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
4162 {
|
|
449
|
4163 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
4164 {
|
|
449
|
4165 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4166 ;
|
|
449
|
4167 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4168 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
4169 }
|
|
|
4170 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
4171 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4172 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
4173 else
|
|
449
|
4174 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4175 compl_length);
|
|
|
4176 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4177 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4178 }
|
|
449
|
4179 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4180 {
|
|
|
4181 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
4182
|
|
|
4183 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
4184 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
4185 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4186 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
4187 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4188 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4189 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
4190 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
4191 && (
|
|
|
4192 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
4193 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
4194 #else
|
|
449
|
4195 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
4196 #endif
|
|
|
4197 )))
|
|
|
4198 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
4199 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
4200 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
4201 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
4202 }
|
|
449
|
4203 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
4204 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
4205 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
4206 #else
|
|
449
|
4207 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
4208 #endif
|
|
|
4209 )
|
|
|
4210 {
|
|
|
4211 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
4212 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
4213 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4214 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4215 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
4216 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
4217 }
|
|
|
4218 else
|
|
|
4219 {
|
|
|
4220 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4221 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
4222 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
4223 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4224 {
|
|
|
4225 int base_class;
|
|
|
4226 int head_off;
|
|
|
4227
|
|
449
|
4228 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
4229 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
4230 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
4231 {
|
|
449
|
4232 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
4233 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
4234 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
4235 break;
|
|
449
|
4236 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
4237 }
|
|
|
4238 }
|
|
|
4239 else
|
|
|
4240 #endif
|
|
449
|
4241 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4242 ;
|
|
449
|
4243 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4244 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
4245 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
4246 {
|
|
|
4247 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
4248 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
4249 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
4250 */
|
|
449
|
4251 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
4252 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4253 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4254 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
4255 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
4256 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
4257 }
|
|
|
4258 else
|
|
|
4259 {
|
|
449
|
4260 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4261 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
4262 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4263 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4264 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
4265 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4266 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
4267 }
|
|
|
4268 }
|
|
|
4269 }
|
|
|
4270 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4271 {
|
|
449
|
4272 compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
|
|
|
4273 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
4274 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
4275 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
4276 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
4277 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
4278 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
4279 else
|
|
449
|
4280 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4281 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4282 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4283 }
|
|
|
4284 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
4285 {
|
|
449
|
4286 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4287 ;
|
|
449
|
4288 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4289 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
4290 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
4291 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
4292 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4293 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4294 }
|
|
|
4295 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4296 {
|
|
449
|
4297 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
4298 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4299 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4300 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
4301 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
4302 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
4303 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
7
|
4304 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4305 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4306 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
4307 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
4308 }
|
|
523
|
4309 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
502
|
4310 {
|
|
12
|
4311 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
4312 /*
|
|
502
|
4313 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
|
4314 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
12
|
4315 */
|
|
502
|
4316 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
4317 int col;
|
|
502
|
4318 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
4319 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4320
|
|
523
|
4321 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
|
502
|
4322 * string */
|
|
|
4323 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4324 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
4325 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
523
|
4326 {
|
|
|
4327 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4328 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
|
12
|
4329 return FAIL;
|
|
523
|
4330 }
|
|
452
|
4331
|
|
|
4332 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
502
|
4333 args[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4334 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4335 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
4336 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
|
4337
|
|
452
|
4338 if (col < 0)
|
|
523
|
4339 col = curs_col;
|
|
452
|
4340 compl_col = col;
|
|
|
4341 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
|
4342 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
449
|
4343
|
|
|
4344 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
4345 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
4346 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
452
|
4347 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
449
|
4348 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4349 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
502
|
4350 #endif
|
|
449
|
4351 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4352 }
|
|
477
|
4353 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
4354 {
|
|
|
4355 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
497
|
4356 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
|
4357 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
|
4358 else
|
|
|
4359 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
|
4360 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
|
477
|
4361 return FAIL;
|
|
537
|
4362 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
|
477
|
4363 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
|
4364 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4365 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
4366 #endif
|
|
|
4367 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4368 }
|
|
449
|
4369 else
|
|
|
4370 {
|
|
|
4371 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
4372 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4373 }
|
|
|
4374
|
|
|
4375 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4376 {
|
|
|
4377 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
4378 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4379 {
|
|
|
4380 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
4381 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4382 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
4383
|
|
|
4384 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4385 #endif
|
|
449
|
4386 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4387 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
4388 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
4389 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4390 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
4391 #endif
|
|
449
|
4392 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
4393 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
4394 }
|
|
|
4395 }
|
|
|
4396 else
|
|
|
4397 {
|
|
|
4398 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
4399 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
4400 }
|
|
|
4401
|
|
|
4402 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
4403 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
4404 else
|
|
|
4405 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
4406
|
|
694
|
4407 /* Always add completion for the original text. */
|
|
|
4408 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
449
|
4409 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4410 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
681
|
4411 -1, FALSE, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
449
|
4412 {
|
|
|
4413 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4414 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
4415 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
4416 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
4417 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4418 }
|
|
|
4419
|
|
|
4420 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
4421 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
4422 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
4423 */
|
|
|
4424 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
4425 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4426 showmode();
|
|
|
4427 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
4428 out_flush();
|
|
|
4429 }
|
|
|
4430
|
|
449
|
4431 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
4432 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
4433
|
|
|
4434 /*
|
|
665
|
4435 * Find next match (and following matches).
|
|
7
|
4436 */
|
|
681
|
4437 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c));
|
|
449
|
4438
|
|
540
|
4439 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
|
4440 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
4441
|
|
449
|
4442 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
4443 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
4444 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
4445 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
|
4446 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
4447
|
|
|
4448 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
4449 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
4450 {
|
|
|
4451 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
4452 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
4453 }
|
|
|
4454
|
|
449
|
4455 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
464
|
4456 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
|
449
|
4457 {
|
|
|
4458 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
4459 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
4460 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
4461 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
4462 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
4463 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
4464 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
4465 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
4466 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
4467 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4468 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
4469 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
4470 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
4471 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4472 }
|
|
|
4473
|
|
464
|
4474 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
449
|
4475 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4476 else
|
|
449
|
4477 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4478
|
|
|
4479 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
4480 {
|
|
464
|
4481 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
4482 {
|
|
|
4483 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
4484 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
4485 }
|
|
449
|
4486 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
4487 {
|
|
|
4488 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
4489 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4490 }
|
|
464
|
4491 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
|
7
|
4492 {
|
|
|
4493 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
4494 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4495 }
|
|
|
4496 else
|
|
|
4497 {
|
|
|
4498 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
464
|
4499 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
|
7
|
4500 {
|
|
464
|
4501 int number = 0;
|
|
|
4502 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
4503
|
|
449
|
4504 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
4505 {
|
|
|
4506 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
4507 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
4508 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
4509 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
4510 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
4511 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
4512 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4513 {
|
|
464
|
4514 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
4515 break;
|
|
|
4516 }
|
|
|
4517 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
4518 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
4519 * yet */
|
|
540
|
4520 for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
|
4521 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
464
|
4522 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
4523 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
4524 }
|
|
|
4525 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
4526 {
|
|
|
4527 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
4528 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
4529 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
4530 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
|
4531 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
4532 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
4533 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4534 {
|
|
464
|
4535 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
4536 break;
|
|
|
4537 }
|
|
|
4538 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
4539 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
4540 * assigned yet */
|
|
464
|
4541 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
|
4542 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
4543 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
4544 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
4545 }
|
|
|
4546 }
|
|
|
4547
|
|
540
|
4548 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
|
4549 * just a safety check. */
|
|
464
|
4550 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4551 {
|
|
|
4552 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
4553 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
4554
|
|
449
|
4555 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
7
|
4556 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
464
|
4557 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
4558 else
|
|
449
|
4559 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
|
464
|
4560 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
|
419
|
4561 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
|
7
|
4562 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
4563 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
4564 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
4565 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
4566 }
|
|
|
4567 }
|
|
|
4568 }
|
|
|
4569
|
|
|
4570 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
4571 showmode();
|
|
|
4572 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
4573 {
|
|
|
4574 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
4575 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
4576 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
4577 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
4578 }
|
|
|
4579 else
|
|
|
4580 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
4581
|
|
540
|
4582 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
4583
|
|
7
|
4584 return OK;
|
|
|
4585 }
|
|
|
4586
|
|
|
4587 /*
|
|
|
4588 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
4589 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
4590 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
4591 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
4592 */
|
|
|
4593 static int
|
|
|
4594 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
4595 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4596 char_u *src;
|
|
|
4597 int len;
|
|
|
4598 {
|
|
|
4599 int m;
|
|
|
4600
|
|
|
4601 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
4602 {
|
|
|
4603 switch (*src)
|
|
|
4604 {
|
|
|
4605 case '.':
|
|
|
4606 case '*':
|
|
|
4607 case '[':
|
|
|
4608 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4609 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4610 break;
|
|
|
4611 case '~':
|
|
|
4612 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
4613 break;
|
|
|
4614 case '\\':
|
|
|
4615 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4616 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4617 break;
|
|
|
4618 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
4619 case '$':
|
|
|
4620 m++;
|
|
|
4621 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4622 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
4623 break;
|
|
|
4624 }
|
|
|
4625 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4626 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
464
|
4627 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
4628 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
4629 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4630 {
|
|
|
4631 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
4632
|
|
474
|
4633 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
|
7
|
4634 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
4635 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
4636 {
|
|
|
4637 --len;
|
|
|
4638 ++src;
|
|
|
4639 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4640 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
4641 }
|
|
|
4642 }
|
|
464
|
4643 # endif
|
|
7
|
4644 }
|
|
|
4645 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4646 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
4647
|
|
|
4648 return m;
|
|
|
4649 }
|
|
|
4650 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
4651
|
|
|
4652 /*
|
|
|
4653 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
4654 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
4655 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
4656 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
4657 */
|
|
|
4658 int
|
|
|
4659 get_literal()
|
|
|
4660 {
|
|
|
4661 int cc;
|
|
|
4662 int nc;
|
|
|
4663 int i;
|
|
|
4664 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
4665 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
4666 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4667 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
4668 #endif
|
|
|
4669
|
|
|
4670 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4671 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
4672
|
|
|
4673 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4674 /*
|
|
|
4675 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
4676 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
4677 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
4678 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
4679 */
|
|
|
4680 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4681 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
4682 #endif
|
|
|
4683 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4684 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4685 #endif
|
|
|
4686 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
4687 cc = 0;
|
|
|
4688 i = 0;
|
|
|
4689 for (;;)
|
|
|
4690 {
|
|
|
4691 do
|
|
|
4692 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
4693 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
4694 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
4695 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
4696 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4697 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4698 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
4699 # endif
|
|
|
4700 )
|
|
|
4701 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
4702 #endif
|
|
|
4703 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
4704 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
4705 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
4706 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4707 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4708 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
4709 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
4710 #endif
|
|
|
4711 else
|
|
|
4712 {
|
|
|
4713 if (hex
|
|
|
4714 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4715 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
4716 #endif
|
|
|
4717 )
|
|
|
4718 {
|
|
|
4719 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
4720 break;
|
|
|
4721 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
4722 }
|
|
|
4723 else if (octal)
|
|
|
4724 {
|
|
|
4725 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
4726 break;
|
|
|
4727 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4728 }
|
|
|
4729 else
|
|
|
4730 {
|
|
|
4731 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
4732 break;
|
|
|
4733 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4734 }
|
|
|
4735
|
|
|
4736 ++i;
|
|
|
4737 }
|
|
|
4738
|
|
|
4739 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
4740 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4741 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
4742 #endif
|
|
|
4743 )
|
|
|
4744 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
4745 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4746
|
|
|
4747 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
4748 {
|
|
|
4749 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
4750 break;
|
|
|
4751 }
|
|
|
4752 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4753 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
4754 {
|
|
|
4755 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
4756 break;
|
|
|
4757 }
|
|
|
4758 #endif
|
|
|
4759 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
4760 break;
|
|
|
4761 }
|
|
|
4762 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
4763 {
|
|
|
4764 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4765 {
|
|
|
4766 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
4767 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4768 }
|
|
|
4769 else
|
|
|
4770 {
|
|
|
4771 cc = nc;
|
|
|
4772 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4773 }
|
|
|
4774 }
|
|
|
4775
|
|
|
4776 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4777 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
4778 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4779 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
4780 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
4781 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
4782 #endif
|
|
7
|
4783
|
|
|
4784 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
4785 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4786 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4787 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
4788 #endif
|
|
|
4789 if (nc)
|
|
|
4790 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
4791 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
4792 return cc;
|
|
|
4793 }
|
|
|
4794
|
|
|
4795 /*
|
|
|
4796 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
4797 */
|
|
|
4798 static void
|
|
|
4799 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
4800 int c;
|
|
|
4801 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
4802 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
4803 {
|
|
|
4804 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4805 int len;
|
|
|
4806
|
|
|
4807 /*
|
|
|
4808 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
4809 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
4810 * mode.
|
|
|
4811 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
4812 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
4813 */
|
|
|
4814 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
4815 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
4816 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
4817 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
4818 #endif
|
|
|
4819 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
4820 {
|
|
|
4821 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
4822 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
4823 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
4824 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
4825 {
|
|
|
4826 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4827 return;
|
|
|
4828 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4829 ins_str(p);
|
|
620
|
4830 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
|
|
7
|
4831 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
4832 }
|
|
|
4833 }
|
|
|
4834 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
4835 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
4836 }
|
|
|
4837
|
|
|
4838 /*
|
|
|
4839 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
4840 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
4841 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
4842 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
4843 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
4844 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
4845 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
4846 */
|
|
|
4847 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
4848 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4849 #else
|
|
|
4850 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4851 #endif
|
|
|
4852
|
|
|
4853 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4854 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
4855 #else
|
|
|
4856 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
4857 #endif
|
|
|
4858
|
|
|
4859 void
|
|
|
4860 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
4861 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
4862 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
4863 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
4864 {
|
|
|
4865 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4866 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4867 char_u *p;
|
|
667
|
4868 #endif
|
|
7
|
4869 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
4870
|
|
|
4871 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
4872 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4873
|
|
|
4874 /*
|
|
|
4875 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
4876 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
4877 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
4878 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
4879 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
4880 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
4881 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
4882 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
4883 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
4884 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
4885 * before the insert.
|
|
|
4886 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
4887 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
4888 */
|
|
667
|
4889 if (textwidth > 0
|
|
7
|
4890 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4891 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
4892 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4893 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4894 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4895 #endif
|
|
|
4896 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4897 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4898 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
4899 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4900 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
4901 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
4902 ))))))
|
|
|
4903 {
|
|
667
|
4904 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting
|
|
|
4905 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */
|
|
|
4906 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
4907 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex == NUL
|
|
|
4908 || fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L) != 0)
|
|
|
4909 #endif
|
|
|
4910 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL);
|
|
|
4911 }
|
|
|
4912
|
|
7
|
4913 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4914 return;
|
|
|
4915
|
|
|
4916 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4917 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4918 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4919 {
|
|
|
4920 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4921 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4922 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4923 int i;
|
|
|
4924
|
|
|
4925 /*
|
|
|
4926 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4927 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4928 */
|
|
|
4929 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4930 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4931 {
|
|
|
4932 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4933 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4934 ++p;
|
|
|
4935 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4936 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4937 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4938 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4939
|
|
|
4940 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4941 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4942 ++p;
|
|
|
4943 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4944
|
|
|
4945 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4946 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4947 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4948 ;
|
|
|
4949 i++;
|
|
|
4950
|
|
|
4951 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4952 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4953
|
|
|
4954 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4955 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4956 {
|
|
|
4957 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4958 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4959
|
|
|
4960 /*
|
|
|
4961 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4962 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4963 */
|
|
|
4964 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4965 }
|
|
|
4966 }
|
|
|
4967 }
|
|
|
4968 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4969 #endif
|
|
|
4970
|
|
|
4971 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4972 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4973 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4974 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4975 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4976 #endif
|
|
|
4977
|
|
|
4978 /*
|
|
|
4979 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4980 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4981 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4982 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
4983 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
4984 */
|
|
|
4985 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4986 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4987 #endif
|
|
|
4988
|
|
|
4989 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4990 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4991 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4992 #endif
|
|
|
4993 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
4994 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4995 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4996 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
4997 #endif
|
|
|
4998 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4999 && !p_ri
|
|
|
5000 #endif
|
|
|
5001 )
|
|
|
5002 {
|
|
|
5003 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
5004 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
5005 int i;
|
|
|
5006 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
5007
|
|
|
5008 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5009 i = 1;
|
|
667
|
5010 if (textwidth > 0)
|
|
7
|
5011 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
5012 /*
|
|
|
5013 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
5014 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
5015 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
5016 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
5017 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
5018 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
5019 */
|
|
|
5020 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
5021 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
5022 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5023 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
5024 #endif
|
|
|
5025 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
5026 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
5027 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5028 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
5029 {
|
|
|
5030 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
5031 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
5032 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5033 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
5034 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
5035 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5036 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
5037 # endif
|
|
|
5038 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
5039 #else
|
|
|
5040 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
5041 #endif
|
|
|
5042 }
|
|
|
5043
|
|
|
5044 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
5045 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
5046 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
5047 #endif
|
|
|
5048 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
5049 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
5050 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5051 {
|
|
|
5052 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
5053 i = 1;
|
|
|
5054 }
|
|
|
5055 else
|
|
|
5056 i = 0;
|
|
|
5057 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
620
|
5058 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
|
|
7
|
5059 }
|
|
|
5060 else
|
|
|
5061 {
|
|
|
5062 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
667
|
5063 int cc;
|
|
|
5064
|
|
7
|
5065 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
5066 {
|
|
|
5067 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
5068
|
|
|
5069 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
5070 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
5071 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
5072 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5073 }
|
|
|
5074 else
|
|
|
5075 #endif
|
|
|
5076 {
|
|
|
5077 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
5078 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5079 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
5080 else
|
|
|
5081 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5082 }
|
|
|
5083 }
|
|
|
5084 }
|
|
|
5085
|
|
|
5086 /*
|
|
667
|
5087 * Format text at the current insert position.
|
|
|
5088 */
|
|
|
5089 static void
|
|
|
5090 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only)
|
|
|
5091 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5092 int second_indent;
|
|
|
5093 int flags;
|
|
|
5094 int format_only;
|
|
|
5095 {
|
|
|
5096 int cc;
|
|
|
5097 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
5098 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
5099 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
5100 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5101 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
5102 #endif
|
|
|
5103 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
5104 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
5105 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5106 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
5107 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
5108 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
5109 #endif
|
|
|
5110
|
|
|
5111 /*
|
|
|
5112 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
5113 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
5114 */
|
|
|
5115 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
5116 {
|
|
|
5117 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5118 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5119 {
|
|
|
5120 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
5121 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
5122 }
|
|
|
5123 }
|
|
|
5124
|
|
|
5125 /*
|
|
|
5126 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
5127 */
|
|
|
5128 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
5129 {
|
|
|
5130 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
5131 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
5132 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
5133 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
5134 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
5135 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
5136 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5137 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
5138 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
5139 #endif
|
|
|
5140 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5141
|
|
|
5142 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
5143 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5144 break;
|
|
|
5145
|
|
|
5146 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5147 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
5148 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
5149 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5150 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
5151 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
5152
|
|
|
5153 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
5154 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
5155 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
5156 else
|
|
|
5157 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
5158
|
|
|
5159 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
5160 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
5161 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
5162 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
5163 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
5164 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
5165 #endif
|
|
|
5166 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5167 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5168 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
5169 #endif
|
|
|
5170 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
5171
|
|
|
5172 {
|
|
|
5173 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
5174 break;
|
|
|
5175 }
|
|
|
5176 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
5177 break;
|
|
|
5178
|
|
|
5179 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
5180 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
5181 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5182
|
|
|
5183 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
5184 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5185 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
5186 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5187 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5188 #endif
|
|
|
5189 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
5190
|
|
|
5191 /*
|
|
|
5192 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
5193 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
5194 */
|
|
|
5195 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
5196 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
5197 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
5198 {
|
|
|
5199 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5200 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5201 {
|
|
|
5202 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
5203 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5204
|
|
|
5205 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
5206 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5207 {
|
|
|
5208 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5209 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5210 }
|
|
|
5211 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5212 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
5213 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5214 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
5215 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
5216 break;
|
|
|
5217 #endif
|
|
|
5218 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
5219 {
|
|
|
5220 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
5221 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5222 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
5223
|
|
|
5224 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5225 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5226 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5227
|
|
|
5228 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5229 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
5230 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
5231 }
|
|
|
5232 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5233 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5234 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5235 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5236 else
|
|
|
5237 #endif
|
|
|
5238 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
5239 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5240 break;
|
|
|
5241 }
|
|
|
5242 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5243 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
5244 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5245 {
|
|
|
5246 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
5247 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5248 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5249 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
5250 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
5251 break;
|
|
|
5252 }
|
|
|
5253 #endif
|
|
|
5254 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5255 break;
|
|
|
5256 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5257 }
|
|
|
5258
|
|
|
5259 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
5260 {
|
|
|
5261 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
5262 break;
|
|
|
5263 }
|
|
|
5264
|
|
|
5265 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
5266 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
5267
|
|
|
5268 /*
|
|
|
5269 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
5270 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
5271 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
5272 */
|
|
|
5273 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5274 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5275 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
5276 else
|
|
|
5277 #endif
|
|
|
5278 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
5279
|
|
|
5280 /*
|
|
|
5281 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
5282 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
5283 */
|
|
|
5284 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
5285 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5286 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5287 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5288 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
5289 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
5290
|
|
|
5291 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5292 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5293 {
|
|
|
5294 /*
|
|
|
5295 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
5296 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
5297 */
|
|
|
5298 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5299 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
5300 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
5301 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
5302 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
5303
|
|
|
5304 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
5305 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
5306 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
5307 }
|
|
|
5308 else
|
|
|
5309 #endif
|
|
|
5310 {
|
|
|
5311 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
5312 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
5313 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
5314 }
|
|
|
5315
|
|
|
5316 /*
|
|
|
5317 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
5318 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
5319 */
|
|
|
5320 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
5321 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
5322 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5323 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
5324 #endif
|
|
|
5325 , old_indent);
|
|
|
5326 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
5327
|
|
|
5328 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5329 if (first_line)
|
|
|
5330 {
|
|
|
5331 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
5332 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
5333 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
5334 {
|
|
|
5335 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5336 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5337 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
5338 else
|
|
|
5339 #endif
|
|
|
5340 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
5341 }
|
|
|
5342 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
5343 }
|
|
|
5344
|
|
|
5345 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5346 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5347 {
|
|
|
5348 /*
|
|
|
5349 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
5350 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
5351 */
|
|
|
5352 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
5353 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
5354 }
|
|
|
5355 else
|
|
|
5356 #endif
|
|
|
5357 {
|
|
|
5358 /*
|
|
|
5359 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
5360 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
5361 */
|
|
|
5362 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
5363 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5364 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
5365 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
5366 }
|
|
|
5367
|
|
|
5368 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
5369 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5370 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
5371 #endif
|
|
|
5372 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
5373 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5374 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5375 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5376 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5377 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5378 #endif
|
|
|
5379 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
5380 }
|
|
|
5381
|
|
|
5382 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
5383 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
5384
|
|
|
5385 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
5386 {
|
|
|
5387 update_topline();
|
|
|
5388 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
5389 }
|
|
|
5390 }
|
|
|
5391
|
|
|
5392 /*
|
|
7
|
5393 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
5394 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
5395 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
5396 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
5397 * saved here.
|
|
|
5398 */
|
|
|
5399 void
|
|
|
5400 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
5401 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
5402 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
5403 {
|
|
|
5404 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
5405 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
5406 char_u *old;
|
|
|
5407 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
5408 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
5409 int cc;
|
|
7
|
5410
|
|
|
5411 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
5412 return;
|
|
|
5413
|
|
|
5414 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5415 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5416
|
|
|
5417 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
5418 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
5419
|
|
|
5420 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
5421 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
5422 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
5423 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
5424 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
5425 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
5426 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
5427 {
|
|
|
5428 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
5429 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5430 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
5431 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
5432 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
5433 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5434 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
5435 {
|
|
|
5436 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5437 return;
|
|
|
5438 }
|
|
|
5439 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5440 }
|
|
|
5441
|
|
|
5442 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5443 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
5444 * comments. */
|
|
|
5445 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
5446 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
5447 return;
|
|
|
5448 #endif
|
|
|
5449
|
|
|
5450 /*
|
|
|
5451 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
5452 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
5453 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
5454 */
|
|
|
5455 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5456 {
|
|
|
5457 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5458 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
5459 return;
|
|
|
5460 }
|
|
|
5461
|
|
|
5462 /*
|
|
|
5463 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
5464 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
5465 */
|
|
|
5466 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5467 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
5468 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
5469 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
5470
|
|
|
5471 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5472 {
|
|
|
5473 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
5474 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5475 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
5476 }
|
|
|
5477 else
|
|
|
5478 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
5479
|
|
|
5480 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
5481 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
5482 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
5483 * formatted. */
|
|
|
5484 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
5485 {
|
|
|
5486 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5487 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
5488 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
5489 {
|
|
|
5490 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
5491 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
5492 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5493 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
5494 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
5495 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
5496 }
|
|
|
5497 else
|
|
|
5498 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
5499 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
5500 }
|
|
|
5501
|
|
|
5502 check_cursor();
|
|
|
5503 }
|
|
|
5504
|
|
|
5505 /*
|
|
|
5506 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
5507 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
5508 * position.
|
|
|
5509 */
|
|
|
5510 static void
|
|
|
5511 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
5512 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
5513 {
|
|
|
5514 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
5515 int cc;
|
|
7
|
5516
|
|
|
5517 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
5518 {
|
|
301
|
5519 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5520 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
5521 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
5522 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
5523 else
|
|
|
5524 {
|
|
|
5525 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
5526 {
|
|
|
5527 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5528 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5529 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5530 }
|
|
|
5531 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5532 {
|
|
|
5533 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
5534 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5535 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
5536 }
|
|
|
5537 }
|
|
|
5538 }
|
|
|
5539 }
|
|
|
5540
|
|
|
5541 /*
|
|
|
5542 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
5543 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
5544 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
5545 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
5546 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
5547 */
|
|
|
5548 int
|
|
|
5549 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
5550 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
5551 {
|
|
|
5552 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5553
|
|
|
5554 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
5555 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
5556 {
|
|
|
5557 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
5558 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
5559 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
5560 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
5561 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
5562 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
5563 #endif
|
|
|
5564 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5565 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
5566 #endif
|
|
|
5567 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
5568 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
5569 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
5570 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
5571 # endif
|
|
|
5572 )
|
|
|
5573 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
5574 #endif
|
|
|
5575 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
5576 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
5577 }
|
|
|
5578 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
5579 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
5580 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
5581 {
|
|
|
5582 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
5583 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
5584 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
5585 }
|
|
|
5586 return textwidth;
|
|
|
5587 }
|
|
|
5588
|
|
|
5589 /*
|
|
|
5590 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
5591 */
|
|
|
5592 static void
|
|
|
5593 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
5594 int c;
|
|
|
5595 {
|
|
|
5596 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
5597
|
|
|
5598 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
5599 * three digits. */
|
|
|
5600 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
5601 {
|
|
|
5602 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
5603 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
5604 }
|
|
|
5605 else
|
|
|
5606 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5607 }
|
|
|
5608
|
|
|
5609 /*
|
|
|
5610 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
484
|
5611 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
7
|
5612 */
|
|
|
5613 static void
|
|
|
5614 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
5615 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5616 {
|
|
|
5617 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
5618 {
|
|
|
5619 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
5620 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
5621 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
5622 }
|
|
221
|
5623 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5624 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
5625 #endif
|
|
7
|
5626 }
|
|
|
5627
|
|
221
|
5628 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5629 /*
|
|
|
5630 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
5631 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
5632 */
|
|
|
5633 static void
|
|
|
5634 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
5635 {
|
|
|
5636 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
5637 {
|
|
|
5638 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
5639
|
|
|
5640 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
5641 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
5642 }
|
|
|
5643 }
|
|
484
|
5644
|
|
|
5645 /*
|
|
|
5646 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
|
5647 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
|
5648 */
|
|
|
5649 static void
|
|
|
5650 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
|
5651 {
|
|
|
5652 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5653
|
|
499
|
5654 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
484
|
5655 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
|
5656 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
5657 }
|
|
221
|
5658 #endif
|
|
|
5659
|
|
7
|
5660 /*
|
|
|
5661 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
5662 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
5663 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
5664 */
|
|
|
5665 int
|
|
|
5666 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
5667 {
|
|
|
5668 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
5669 {
|
|
|
5670 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5671 {
|
|
|
5672 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
5673 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5674 }
|
|
|
5675 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
5676 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5677 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
5678 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5679 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5680 {
|
|
|
5681 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5682 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
5683 }
|
|
|
5684 #endif
|
|
|
5685 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
5686 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
613
|
5687 new_insert_skip = 2;
|
|
7
|
5688 }
|
|
|
5689 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
5690 {
|
|
|
5691 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5692 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5693 }
|
|
|
5694
|
|
|
5695 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5696 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
5697 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
5698 #endif
|
|
|
5699
|
|
|
5700 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
5701 }
|
|
|
5702
|
|
|
5703 /*
|
|
|
5704 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
5705 */
|
|
|
5706 static void
|
|
|
5707 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
603
|
5708 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
5709 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
7
|
5710 {
|
|
603
|
5711 int cc;
|
|
|
5712 char_u *ptr;
|
|
7
|
5713
|
|
|
5714 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
5715 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
5716
|
|
|
5717 /*
|
|
603
|
5718 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
|
|
|
5719 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
|
|
|
5720 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
|
|
7
|
5721 */
|
|
603
|
5722 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
615
|
5723 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
|
|
|
5724 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
|
|
603
|
5725 {
|
|
|
5726 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5727 last_insert = ptr;
|
|
|
5728 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5729 }
|
|
|
5730 else
|
|
|
5731 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
7
|
5732
|
|
|
5733 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
5734 {
|
|
|
5735 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
5736 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
5737 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
5738 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
5739 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
5740 {
|
|
10
|
5741 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5742
|
|
7
|
5743 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
5744 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
5745 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
5746 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
5747 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
5748 {
|
|
|
5749 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5750 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5751 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
5752 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
5753 }
|
|
|
5754
|
|
|
5755 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5756
|
|
10
|
5757 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5758 {
|
|
|
5759 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
5760 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5761 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5762 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
5763 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
5764 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
5765 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
5766 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
5767 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
5768 #endif
|
|
|
5769 }
|
|
7
|
5770 }
|
|
|
5771
|
|
|
5772 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
5773 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
5774
|
|
|
5775 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
5776 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
5777 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
5778 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
5779 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
5780 {
|
|
10
|
5781 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5782
|
|
|
5783 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
5784 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
5785 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5786 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5787 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
5788 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
5789 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
5790 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
5791 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
5792
|
|
|
5793 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
5794 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
5795 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
5796 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
5797 {
|
|
|
5798 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5799 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
5800 {
|
|
|
5801 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
5802 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5803 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5804 # endif
|
|
|
5805 }
|
|
|
5806 }
|
|
|
5807 #endif
|
|
|
5808 }
|
|
|
5809 }
|
|
|
5810 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5811 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5812 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5813 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5814 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5815 #endif
|
|
|
5816
|
|
|
5817 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
5818 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
5819 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5820 }
|
|
|
5821
|
|
|
5822 /*
|
|
|
5823 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
5824 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
5825 */
|
|
|
5826 void
|
|
|
5827 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
5828 int c;
|
|
|
5829 {
|
|
|
5830 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5831
|
|
|
5832 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5833 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5834 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
5835 #else
|
|
|
5836 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
5837 #endif
|
|
|
5838 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
5839 {
|
|
|
5840 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
5841 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
5842 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
5843 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
5844 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
5845 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
5846 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
5847 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
5848 }
|
|
|
5849 }
|
|
|
5850
|
|
359
|
5851 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5852 void
|
|
|
5853 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
5854 {
|
|
|
5855 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5856 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
694
|
5857 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
5858 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
359
|
5859 }
|
|
|
5860 #endif
|
|
|
5861
|
|
7
|
5862 /*
|
|
|
5863 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
5864 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
5865 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
5866 */
|
|
|
5867 char_u *
|
|
|
5868 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
5869 int c;
|
|
|
5870 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5871 {
|
|
|
5872 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5873 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5874 int i;
|
|
|
5875 int len;
|
|
|
5876
|
|
|
5877 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
5878 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5879 {
|
|
|
5880 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
5881 #endif
|
|
|
5882 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
5883 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
5884 {
|
|
|
5885 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5886 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5887 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
5888 }
|
|
|
5889 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5890 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
5891 {
|
|
|
5892 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
5893 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
5894 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
5895 }
|
|
|
5896 #endif
|
|
|
5897 else
|
|
|
5898 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
5899 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5900 }
|
|
|
5901 #endif
|
|
|
5902 return s;
|
|
|
5903 }
|
|
|
5904
|
|
|
5905 /*
|
|
|
5906 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
5907 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
5908 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
5909 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
5910 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
5911 */
|
|
|
5912 void
|
|
|
5913 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
5914 int flags;
|
|
|
5915 {
|
|
|
5916 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
5917 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5918 else
|
|
|
5919 {
|
|
|
5920 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5921 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5922 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5923 #endif
|
|
|
5924
|
|
|
5925 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
5926 {
|
|
|
5927 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5928
|
|
|
5929 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
5930 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
5931 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5932 }
|
|
|
5933 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5934 }
|
|
|
5935 }
|
|
|
5936
|
|
|
5937 /*
|
|
|
5938 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
5939 *
|
|
|
5940 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
5941 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
5942 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
5943 */
|
|
|
5944
|
|
|
5945 int
|
|
|
5946 oneright()
|
|
|
5947 {
|
|
|
5948 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5949 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5950 int l;
|
|
|
5951 #endif
|
|
|
5952
|
|
|
5953 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5954 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5955 {
|
|
|
5956 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5957
|
|
|
5958 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
5959 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5960 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5961 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5962 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5963 #else
|
|
|
5964 *ptr
|
|
|
5965 #endif
|
|
|
5966 ))
|
|
|
5967 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
5968 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5969 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
5970 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5971 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
5972 }
|
|
|
5973 #endif
|
|
|
5974
|
|
|
5975 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5976 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
5977 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
5978 {
|
|
|
5979 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
5980 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
5981 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
5982 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5983 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
5984 }
|
|
|
5985 else
|
|
|
5986 #endif
|
|
|
5987 {
|
|
|
5988 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
5989 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5990 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5991 }
|
|
|
5992
|
|
|
5993 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5994 return OK;
|
|
|
5995 }
|
|
|
5996
|
|
|
5997 int
|
|
|
5998 oneleft()
|
|
|
5999 {
|
|
|
6000 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6001 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6002 {
|
|
|
6003 int width;
|
|
|
6004 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
6005
|
|
|
6006 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
6007 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6008
|
|
|
6009 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
6010 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
6011 width = 1;
|
|
|
6012 for (;;)
|
|
|
6013 {
|
|
|
6014 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
6015 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
6016 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
6017 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
6018 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6019 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
6020 # endif
|
|
|
6021 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
6022 break;
|
|
|
6023 ++width;
|
|
|
6024 }
|
|
|
6025 # else
|
|
|
6026 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
6027 # endif
|
|
|
6028
|
|
|
6029 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
6030 {
|
|
|
6031 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6032
|
|
|
6033 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
6034 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6035 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
6036 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6037 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
6038 # else
|
|
|
6039 *ptr
|
|
|
6040 # endif
|
|
|
6041 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
6042 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6043 }
|
|
|
6044
|
|
|
6045 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6046 return OK;
|
|
|
6047 }
|
|
|
6048 #endif
|
|
|
6049
|
|
|
6050 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6051 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6052
|
|
|
6053 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6054 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6055
|
|
|
6056 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6057 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
6058 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
6059 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6060 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6061 #endif
|
|
|
6062 return OK;
|
|
|
6063 }
|
|
|
6064
|
|
|
6065 int
|
|
|
6066 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
6067 long n;
|
|
|
6068 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
6069 {
|
|
|
6070 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6071
|
|
|
6072 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
6073 {
|
|
|
6074 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
6075 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
6076 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
6077 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
6078 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6079 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
6080 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
6081 else
|
|
|
6082 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6083 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
6084 {
|
|
|
6085 /*
|
|
|
6086 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
6087 */
|
|
|
6088 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
6089 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
6090
|
|
|
6091 while (n--)
|
|
|
6092 {
|
|
|
6093 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
6094 --lnum;
|
|
|
6095 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
6096 break;
|
|
|
6097 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
6098 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
6099 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
6100 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
6101 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
6102 }
|
|
|
6103 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
6104 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
6105 }
|
|
|
6106 else
|
|
|
6107 #endif
|
|
|
6108 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
6109 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6110 }
|
|
|
6111
|
|
|
6112 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
6113 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6114
|
|
|
6115 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
6116 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
6117
|
|
|
6118 return OK;
|
|
|
6119 }
|
|
|
6120
|
|
|
6121 /*
|
|
|
6122 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
6123 */
|
|
|
6124 int
|
|
|
6125 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
6126 long n;
|
|
|
6127 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
6128 {
|
|
|
6129 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6130
|
|
|
6131 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
6132 {
|
|
|
6133 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6134 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6135 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
6136 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
6137 #endif
|
|
161
|
6138 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
6139 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
6140 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
6141 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
6142 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
6143 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6144 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6145 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6146 else
|
|
|
6147 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6148 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
6149 {
|
|
|
6150 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
6151
|
|
|
6152 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
6153 while (n--)
|
|
|
6154 {
|
|
|
6155 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
6156 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
6157 else
|
|
|
6158 ++lnum;
|
|
|
6159 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6160 break;
|
|
|
6161 }
|
|
|
6162 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6163 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6164 }
|
|
|
6165 else
|
|
|
6166 #endif
|
|
|
6167 lnum += n;
|
|
|
6168 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6169 }
|
|
|
6170
|
|
|
6171 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
6172 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6173
|
|
|
6174 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
6175 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
6176
|
|
|
6177 return OK;
|
|
|
6178 }
|
|
|
6179
|
|
|
6180 /*
|
|
|
6181 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
6182 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
6183 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
6184 */
|
|
|
6185 int
|
|
|
6186 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
6187 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
6188 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
6189 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
6190 {
|
|
|
6191 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
6192 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6193 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
6194 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
6195
|
|
|
6196 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
6197 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
6198 {
|
|
|
6199 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
6200 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6201 }
|
|
|
6202
|
|
|
6203 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
6204 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
6205 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6206 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6207 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
6208
|
|
|
6209 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
6210 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
6211 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
6212 */
|
|
|
6213 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
6214 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
6215 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
6216 {
|
|
|
6217 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
6218 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
6219 }
|
|
|
6220
|
|
|
6221 do
|
|
|
6222 {
|
|
|
6223 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
6224 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
6225 if (last)
|
|
|
6226 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
6227 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
6228 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
6229 }
|
|
|
6230 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
6231
|
|
|
6232 if (last)
|
|
|
6233 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
6234
|
|
|
6235 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
6236 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
6237
|
|
|
6238 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
6239 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
6240 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
6241
|
|
|
6242 return OK;
|
|
|
6243 }
|
|
|
6244
|
|
|
6245 char_u *
|
|
|
6246 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
6247 {
|
|
|
6248 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
6249 return NULL;
|
|
|
6250 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
6251 }
|
|
|
6252
|
|
|
6253 /*
|
|
|
6254 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
6255 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
6256 */
|
|
|
6257 char_u *
|
|
|
6258 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
6259 {
|
|
|
6260 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6261 int len;
|
|
|
6262
|
|
|
6263 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
6264 return NULL;
|
|
|
6265 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
6266 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
6267 {
|
|
|
6268 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
6269 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
6270 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
6271 }
|
|
|
6272 return s;
|
|
|
6273 }
|
|
|
6274
|
|
|
6275 /*
|
|
|
6276 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
6277 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
6278 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
6279 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
6280 */
|
|
|
6281 static int
|
|
|
6282 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
6283 int c;
|
|
|
6284 {
|
|
|
6285 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
6286 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
6287 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
6288 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6289
|
|
|
6290 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
6291 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
6292 }
|
|
|
6293
|
|
|
6294 /*
|
|
|
6295 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
6296 *
|
|
|
6297 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
6298 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
6299 *
|
|
|
6300 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
6301 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
6302 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
6303 *
|
|
|
6304 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
6305 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
6306 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
6307 *
|
|
|
6308 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
6309 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
6310 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
6311 */
|
|
|
6312
|
|
298
|
6313 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
6314 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
6315 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
6316
|
|
|
6317 void
|
|
|
6318 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
6319 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
6320 {
|
|
|
6321 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6322
|
|
|
6323 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
6324 return;
|
|
|
6325 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
6326 {
|
|
|
6327 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
6328 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
6329 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
6330 {
|
|
|
6331 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
6332 return;
|
|
|
6333 }
|
|
|
6334 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
6335 {
|
|
|
6336 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
6337 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
6338 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
6339 }
|
|
|
6340 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
6341 }
|
|
|
6342 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
6343 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
6344 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
6345 *p = c;
|
|
|
6346 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6347 }
|
|
|
6348
|
|
|
6349 /*
|
|
|
6350 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
6351 */
|
|
|
6352 static void
|
|
|
6353 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
6354 int c;
|
|
|
6355 {
|
|
|
6356 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6357
|
|
|
6358 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6359 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6360 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
6361 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
6362 break;
|
|
|
6363 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
6364 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
6365 }
|
|
|
6366
|
|
|
6367 /*
|
|
|
6368 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
6369 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
6370 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
6371 */
|
|
|
6372 static int
|
|
|
6373 replace_pop()
|
|
|
6374 {
|
|
|
6375 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
6376 return -1;
|
|
|
6377 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
6378 }
|
|
|
6379
|
|
|
6380 /*
|
|
|
6381 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
6382 * encountered.
|
|
|
6383 */
|
|
|
6384 static void
|
|
|
6385 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
6386 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
6387 {
|
|
|
6388 int i;
|
|
|
6389
|
|
|
6390 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6391 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
6392 {
|
|
|
6393 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6394 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
6395 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
6396 return;
|
|
|
6397 }
|
|
|
6398 }
|
|
|
6399
|
|
|
6400 /*
|
|
|
6401 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
6402 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
6403 */
|
|
|
6404 static void
|
|
|
6405 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
6406 {
|
|
|
6407 int cc;
|
|
|
6408 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
6409
|
|
|
6410 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
6411 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
6412 {
|
|
|
6413 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6414 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
6415 #else
|
|
|
6416 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6417 #endif
|
|
|
6418 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6419 }
|
|
|
6420 State = oldState;
|
|
|
6421 }
|
|
|
6422
|
|
|
6423 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6424 /*
|
|
|
6425 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
6426 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
6427 */
|
|
|
6428 static void
|
|
|
6429 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
6430 int cc;
|
|
|
6431 {
|
|
|
6432 int n;
|
|
|
6433 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
6434 int i;
|
|
|
6435 int c;
|
|
|
6436
|
|
|
6437 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
6438 {
|
|
|
6439 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
6440 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
6441 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6442 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
6443 }
|
|
|
6444 else
|
|
|
6445 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6446
|
|
|
6447 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
6448 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
6449 for (;;)
|
|
|
6450 {
|
|
|
6451 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6452 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
6453 break;
|
|
|
6454 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
6455 {
|
|
|
6456 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
6457 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
6458 break;
|
|
|
6459 }
|
|
|
6460 else
|
|
|
6461 {
|
|
|
6462 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
6463 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
6464 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6465 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
6466 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
6467 else
|
|
|
6468 {
|
|
|
6469 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
6470 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
6471 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
6472 break;
|
|
|
6473 }
|
|
|
6474 }
|
|
|
6475 }
|
|
|
6476 }
|
|
|
6477 #endif
|
|
|
6478
|
|
|
6479 /*
|
|
|
6480 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
6481 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
6482 */
|
|
|
6483 static void
|
|
|
6484 replace_flush()
|
|
|
6485 {
|
|
|
6486 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
6487 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
6488 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
6489 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
6490 }
|
|
|
6491
|
|
|
6492 /*
|
|
|
6493 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
6494 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
6495 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6496 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
6497 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
6498 */
|
|
|
6499 static void
|
|
|
6500 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
6501 {
|
|
|
6502 int cc;
|
|
|
6503 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6504 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
6505 int ins_len;
|
|
|
6506 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
6507 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
6508 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6509 int i;
|
|
|
6510 int vcol;
|
|
|
6511 #endif
|
|
|
6512
|
|
|
6513 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6514 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
6515 {
|
|
|
6516 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6517 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6518 {
|
|
|
6519 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
6520 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
6521 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
6522 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
6523 }
|
|
|
6524 #endif
|
|
|
6525 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6526 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6527 {
|
|
|
6528 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6529 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6530 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6531 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
6532 # endif
|
|
|
6533 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
6534 }
|
|
|
6535 else
|
|
|
6536 #endif
|
|
|
6537 {
|
|
|
6538 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
6539 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6540 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6541 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
6542 #endif
|
|
|
6543 }
|
|
|
6544 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6545
|
|
|
6546 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6547 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6548 {
|
|
|
6549 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
6550 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6551 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
6552 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
6553 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
6554 {
|
|
|
6555 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
6556 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
6557 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
|
7
|
6558 #endif
|
|
|
6559 }
|
|
|
6560 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
6561
|
|
|
6562 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
6563 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
6564 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
6565 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
6566 {
|
|
|
6567 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6568 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
6569 }
|
|
|
6570 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
6571 }
|
|
|
6572 #endif
|
|
|
6573
|
|
|
6574 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
6575 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
6576 }
|
|
|
6577 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
6578 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6579 }
|
|
|
6580
|
|
|
6581 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6582 /*
|
|
|
6583 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
6584 */
|
|
|
6585 static int
|
|
|
6586 cindent_on()
|
|
|
6587 {
|
|
|
6588 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
6589 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6590 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
6591 # endif
|
|
|
6592 ));
|
|
|
6593 }
|
|
|
6594 #endif
|
|
|
6595
|
|
|
6596 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6597 /*
|
|
|
6598 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
6599 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
6600 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
6601 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
6602 */
|
|
|
6603
|
|
|
6604 void
|
|
|
6605 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
6606 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
6607 {
|
|
|
6608 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
6609 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6610 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
6611 }
|
|
|
6612
|
|
|
6613 void
|
|
|
6614 fix_indent()
|
|
|
6615 {
|
|
|
6616 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
6617 return;
|
|
|
6618 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
6619 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
6620 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
6621 # endif
|
|
|
6622 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
6623 else
|
|
|
6624 # endif
|
|
|
6625 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6626 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
6627 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
6628 # endif
|
|
|
6629 }
|
|
|
6630
|
|
|
6631 #endif
|
|
|
6632
|
|
|
6633 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6634 /*
|
|
|
6635 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
6636 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
6637 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
6638 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
6639 *
|
|
|
6640 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
6641 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
6642 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
6643 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
6644 *
|
|
|
6645 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
6646 */
|
|
|
6647 int
|
|
|
6648 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6649 int keytyped;
|
|
|
6650 int when;
|
|
|
6651 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
6652 {
|
|
|
6653 char_u *look;
|
|
|
6654 int try_match;
|
|
|
6655 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
6656 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6657 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6658 int icase;
|
|
|
6659 int i;
|
|
|
6660
|
|
|
6661 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6662 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
6663 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
6664 else
|
|
|
6665 #endif
|
|
|
6666 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
6667 while (*look)
|
|
|
6668 {
|
|
|
6669 /*
|
|
|
6670 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
6671 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
6672 */
|
|
|
6673 switch (when)
|
|
|
6674 {
|
|
|
6675 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
6676 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
6677 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
6678 }
|
|
|
6679 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
6680 ++look;
|
|
|
6681
|
|
|
6682 /*
|
|
|
6683 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
6684 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
6685 */
|
|
|
6686 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
6687 {
|
|
|
6688 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
6689 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6690 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6691 ++look;
|
|
|
6692 }
|
|
|
6693 else
|
|
|
6694 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
6695
|
|
|
6696 /*
|
|
|
6697 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
6698 */
|
|
|
6699 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
6700 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6701 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
6702 #else
|
|
|
6703 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
6704 #endif
|
|
|
6705 )
|
|
|
6706 {
|
|
|
6707 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
6708 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6709 look += 2;
|
|
|
6710 }
|
|
|
6711 /*
|
|
|
6712 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
6713 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
6714 */
|
|
|
6715 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
6716 {
|
|
|
6717 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
6718 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6719 ++look;
|
|
|
6720 }
|
|
|
6721 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
6722 {
|
|
|
6723 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
6724 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6725 ++look;
|
|
|
6726 }
|
|
|
6727
|
|
|
6728 /*
|
|
|
6729 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
6730 * cursor.
|
|
|
6731 */
|
|
|
6732 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
6733 {
|
|
|
6734 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
6735 {
|
|
|
6736 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6737 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
6738 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6739 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6740 }
|
|
|
6741 ++look;
|
|
|
6742 }
|
|
|
6743
|
|
|
6744 /*
|
|
|
6745 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
6746 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
6747 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
6748 */
|
|
|
6749 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
6750 {
|
|
|
6751 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
6752 {
|
|
|
6753 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6754 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
6755 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6756 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
6757 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
6758 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
6759 {
|
|
|
6760 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
6761 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
6762 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
6763 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6764 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
6765 if (i)
|
|
|
6766 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6767 }
|
|
|
6768 }
|
|
|
6769 ++look;
|
|
|
6770 }
|
|
|
6771
|
|
|
6772
|
|
|
6773 /*
|
|
|
6774 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
6775 */
|
|
|
6776 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
6777 {
|
|
|
6778 if (try_match)
|
|
|
6779 {
|
|
|
6780 /*
|
|
|
6781 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
6782 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
6783 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
6784 */
|
|
|
6785 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
6786 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
6787 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6788
|
|
|
6789 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
6790 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6791 }
|
|
|
6792 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
6793 look++;
|
|
|
6794 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
6795 look++;
|
|
|
6796 }
|
|
|
6797
|
|
|
6798 /*
|
|
|
6799 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
6800 */
|
|
|
6801 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
6802 {
|
|
|
6803 ++look;
|
|
|
6804 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
6805 {
|
|
|
6806 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
6807 ++look;
|
|
|
6808 }
|
|
|
6809 else
|
|
|
6810 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
6811 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
6812 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
6813 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
6814 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
6815 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
6816 {
|
|
|
6817 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6818
|
|
|
6819 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6820 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
6821 {
|
|
|
6822 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6823
|
|
|
6824 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
6825 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
6826 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6827 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6828 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6829 {
|
|
|
6830 char_u *n;
|
|
|
6831
|
|
|
6832 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
6833 {
|
|
|
6834 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
6835 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
6836 break;
|
|
|
6837 }
|
|
|
6838 }
|
|
|
6839 else
|
|
|
6840 # endif
|
|
|
6841 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
6842 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
6843 break;
|
|
|
6844 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
6845 && (icase
|
|
|
6846 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
6847 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
6848 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6849 }
|
|
|
6850 else
|
|
|
6851 #endif
|
|
|
6852 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
6853 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
6854 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
6855 {
|
|
|
6856 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6857 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
6858 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
6859 && (icase
|
|
|
6860 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
6861 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
6862 == 0)
|
|
|
6863 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6864 }
|
|
|
6865 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
6866 {
|
|
|
6867 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
6868 * word. */
|
|
|
6869 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6870 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
6871 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
6872 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6873 }
|
|
|
6874 if (match)
|
|
|
6875 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6876 }
|
|
|
6877 look = p;
|
|
|
6878 }
|
|
|
6879
|
|
|
6880 /*
|
|
|
6881 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
6882 */
|
|
|
6883 else
|
|
|
6884 {
|
|
|
6885 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
6886 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6887 ++look;
|
|
|
6888 }
|
|
|
6889
|
|
|
6890 /*
|
|
|
6891 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
6892 */
|
|
|
6893 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
6894 }
|
|
|
6895 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6896 }
|
|
|
6897 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
6898
|
|
|
6899 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6900 /*
|
|
|
6901 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
6902 */
|
|
|
6903 int
|
|
|
6904 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
6905 int c;
|
|
|
6906 {
|
|
|
6907 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
6908 {
|
|
|
6909 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
6910 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
6911 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
6912 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
6913 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
6914 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
6915 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
6916 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
6917 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
6918 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
6919 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
6920 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
6921 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
6922
|
|
|
6923 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
6924 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6925 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
6926 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
6927 return 'X';
|
|
|
6928 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
6929 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
6930 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
6931 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
6932 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
6933 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6934 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
6935 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6936 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6937 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
6938 #else
|
|
|
6939 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
6940 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
6941 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
6942 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
6943 */
|
|
|
6944 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
6945 #endif
|
|
|
6946 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6947 else
|
|
|
6948 return c;
|
|
|
6949 }
|
|
|
6950 else
|
|
|
6951 {
|
|
|
6952 switch (c)
|
|
|
6953 {
|
|
|
6954 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
6955 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
6956 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
6957 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
6958 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
6959
|
|
|
6960 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
6961 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
6962 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
6963 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
6964 default: {
|
|
|
6965 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
6966
|
|
|
6967 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6968 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
6969 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
6970 #else
|
|
|
6971 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
6972 #endif
|
|
|
6973 return c;
|
|
|
6974 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
6975 break;
|
|
|
6976 }
|
|
|
6977 }
|
|
|
6978
|
|
|
6979 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6980 }
|
|
|
6981 }
|
|
|
6982 #endif
|
|
|
6983
|
|
|
6984 static void
|
|
|
6985 ins_reg()
|
|
|
6986 {
|
|
|
6987 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6988 int regname;
|
|
|
6989 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
6990
|
|
|
6991 /*
|
|
|
6992 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
6993 */
|
|
|
6994 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
6995 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
6996 {
|
|
|
6997 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
6998 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
6999
|
|
|
7000 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
7001 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7002 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
7003 #endif
|
|
|
7004 }
|
|
|
7005
|
|
|
7006 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
7007 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
7008 #endif
|
|
|
7009
|
|
|
7010 /*
|
|
|
7011 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
7012 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
7013 */
|
|
|
7014 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7015 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7016 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
7017 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
7018 #endif
|
|
|
7019 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
7020 {
|
|
|
7021 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
7022 literally = regname;
|
|
|
7023 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7024 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
7025 #endif
|
|
|
7026 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7027 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
7028 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
7029 #endif
|
|
|
7030 }
|
|
|
7031 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7032
|
|
|
7033 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7034 /*
|
|
|
7035 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
7036 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
7037 */
|
|
|
7038 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
7039 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
7040 {
|
|
133
|
7041 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
7042 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
7043 # endif
|
|
7
|
7044 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
7045 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
7046 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
7047 if (im_on)
|
|
|
7048 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
7049 # endif
|
|
7
|
7050 }
|
|
140
|
7051 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
7052 {
|
|
|
7053 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
7054 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
7055 }
|
|
7
|
7056 else
|
|
|
7057 {
|
|
|
7058 #endif
|
|
|
7059 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
7060 {
|
|
|
7061 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
7062 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
7063 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
7064 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
7065
|
|
|
7066 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
7067 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7068 }
|
|
|
7069 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7070 {
|
|
|
7071 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7072 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7073 }
|
|
133
|
7074 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
7075 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
7076 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
7077 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7078 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
7079
|
|
7
|
7080 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7081 }
|
|
|
7082 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
7083 #endif
|
|
|
7084 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7085 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7086 #endif
|
|
|
7087
|
|
|
7088 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7089 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
7090 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7091 }
|
|
|
7092
|
|
|
7093 /*
|
|
|
7094 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7095 */
|
|
|
7096 static void
|
|
|
7097 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
7098 {
|
|
|
7099 int c;
|
|
|
7100
|
|
|
7101 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
7102 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
7103 setcursor();
|
|
|
7104 #endif
|
|
|
7105
|
|
|
7106 /*
|
|
|
7107 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
7108 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
7109 */
|
|
|
7110 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7111 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7112 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7113 switch (c)
|
|
|
7114 {
|
|
|
7115 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7116 case K_UP:
|
|
|
7117 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
7118 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
7119 break;
|
|
|
7120
|
|
|
7121 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7122 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
7123 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
7124 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
7125 break;
|
|
|
7126
|
|
|
7127 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
7128 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
7129 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
626
|
7130
|
|
|
7131 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
|
|
|
7132 * aline to the previous one must save for undo. */
|
|
|
7133 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7
|
7134 break;
|
|
|
7135
|
|
|
7136 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
7137 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
7138 }
|
|
|
7139 }
|
|
|
7140
|
|
|
7141 /*
|
|
449
|
7142 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7143 */
|
|
|
7144 static void
|
|
|
7145 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
7146 {
|
|
|
7147 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
7148 {
|
|
|
7149 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
7150 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
7151 {
|
|
|
7152 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
7153 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7154 }
|
|
|
7155 else
|
|
|
7156 {
|
|
|
7157 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
7158 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7159 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7160 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7161 #endif
|
|
|
7162 }
|
|
|
7163 }
|
|
|
7164 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7165 else
|
|
|
7166 {
|
|
|
7167 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
7168 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
7169 {
|
|
|
7170 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
7171 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7172 }
|
|
|
7173 else
|
|
|
7174 {
|
|
|
7175 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
7176 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7177 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
7178 }
|
|
|
7179 }
|
|
|
7180 #endif
|
|
|
7181 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
7182 showmode();
|
|
|
7183 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7184 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
7185 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7186 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7187 #endif
|
|
|
7188 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
7189 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
7190 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
7191 #endif
|
|
|
7192 }
|
|
|
7193
|
|
|
7194 /*
|
|
7
|
7195 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
7196 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
7197 * insert.
|
|
|
7198 */
|
|
|
7199 static int
|
|
477
|
7200 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
|
7
|
7201 long *count;
|
|
|
7202 int cmdchar;
|
|
477
|
7203 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
|
7
|
7204 {
|
|
|
7205 int temp;
|
|
|
7206 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7207
|
|
449
|
7208 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
7209 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
7210 #endif
|
|
7
|
7211 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
7212 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
7213 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
7214 # endif
|
|
|
7215 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
7216 {
|
|
|
7217 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
7218 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
7219 }
|
|
|
7220 #endif
|
|
|
7221
|
|
|
7222 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7223 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
7224 {
|
|
|
7225 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
7226 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7227 }
|
|
|
7228 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
7229 {
|
|
|
7230 /*
|
|
|
7231 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
7232 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
7233 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
7234 */
|
|
|
7235 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
7236 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
7237
|
|
|
7238 /*
|
|
|
7239 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
7240 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
7241 */
|
|
|
7242 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
7243 {
|
|
|
7244 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
7245 if (got_int)
|
|
|
7246 *count = 0;
|
|
|
7247 }
|
|
|
7248
|
|
|
7249 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
7250 {
|
|
164
|
7251 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
7252 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
7253 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
7254
|
|
7
|
7255 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
7256 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
7257 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
7258 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
7259 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
7260 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
7261 }
|
|
|
7262 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
7263 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7264 }
|
|
|
7265
|
|
|
7266 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
7267 * indent */
|
|
|
7268 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7269 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7270
|
|
|
7271 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
7272 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
7273 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7274
|
|
|
7275 /*
|
|
|
7276 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
477
|
7277 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
|
7
|
7278 */
|
|
477
|
7279 if (!nomove
|
|
|
7280 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
7
|
7281 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7282 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
7283 #endif
|
|
477
|
7284 )
|
|
|
7285 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
7286 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
7
|
7287 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
477
|
7288 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
7289 #endif
|
|
|
7290 ))
|
|
7
|
7291 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7292 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7293 #endif
|
|
|
7294 )
|
|
|
7295 {
|
|
|
7296 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7297 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
7298 {
|
|
|
7299 oneleft();
|
|
|
7300 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
7301 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
7302 }
|
|
|
7303 else
|
|
|
7304 #endif
|
|
|
7305 {
|
|
|
7306 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7307 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7308 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
7309 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7310 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
7311 #endif
|
|
|
7312 }
|
|
|
7313 }
|
|
|
7314
|
|
|
7315 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7316 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
7317 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
7318 * well). */
|
|
|
7319 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
7320 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
7321 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7322 #endif
|
|
|
7323
|
|
|
7324 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7325 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
7326 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
7327
|
|
|
7328 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7329 setmouse();
|
|
|
7330 #endif
|
|
|
7331 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
7332 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
7333 #endif
|
|
|
7334
|
|
|
7335 /*
|
|
|
7336 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
7337 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
7338 */
|
|
|
7339 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
7340 showmode();
|
|
|
7341 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
7342 MSG("");
|
|
|
7343
|
|
|
7344 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
7345 }
|
|
|
7346
|
|
|
7347 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7348 /*
|
|
|
7349 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
7350 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
7351 */
|
|
|
7352 static void
|
|
|
7353 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
7354 {
|
|
|
7355 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
7356 {
|
|
|
7357 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
7358 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7359 }
|
|
|
7360 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
7361 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
7362 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7363 {
|
|
|
7364 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7365 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7366 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
7367 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7368 }
|
|
|
7369 else
|
|
|
7370 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
7371 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7372 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
7373 {
|
|
|
7374 /*
|
|
|
7375 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
7376 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
7377 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
7378 */
|
|
|
7379 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
7380 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
7381 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
7382 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
7383 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
7384 }
|
|
|
7385 else
|
|
|
7386 #endif
|
|
|
7387 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
7388 showmode();
|
|
|
7389 }
|
|
|
7390 #endif
|
|
|
7391
|
|
|
7392 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
7393 /*
|
|
|
7394 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
7395 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
7396 */
|
|
|
7397 static int
|
|
|
7398 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
7399 int c;
|
|
|
7400 {
|
|
|
7401 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
7402 switch (c)
|
|
|
7403 {
|
|
|
7404 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
7405 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
7406 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
7407 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
7408 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
7409 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
7410 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
7411 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
7412 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
7413 case K_UP:
|
|
|
7414 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
7415 case K_END:
|
|
|
7416 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
7417 # endif
|
|
|
7418 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
7419 break;
|
|
|
7420 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
7421 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
7422 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
7423 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
7424 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
7425 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
7426 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
7427 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
7428 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
7429 start_selection();
|
|
|
7430
|
|
|
7431 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
7432 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
7433 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
7434 {
|
|
|
7435 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
7436
|
|
|
7437 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
7438 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
7439 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
7440 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
7441 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
7442 }
|
|
|
7443 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
7444 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7445 }
|
|
|
7446 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7447 }
|
|
|
7448 #endif
|
|
|
7449
|
|
|
7450 /*
|
|
449
|
7451 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
7452 */
|
|
|
7453 static void
|
|
|
7454 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
7455 int replaceState;
|
|
|
7456 {
|
|
|
7457 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7458 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
7459 {
|
|
|
7460 beep_flush();
|
|
|
7461 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
7462 return;
|
|
|
7463 }
|
|
|
7464 #endif
|
|
|
7465
|
|
|
7466 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
532
|
7467 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
449
|
7468 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
7469 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
667
|
7470 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7471 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" :
|
|
|
7472 # endif
|
|
|
7473 "r"), 1);
|
|
532
|
7474 # endif
|
|
449
|
7475 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
7476 #endif
|
|
|
7477 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7478 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
7479 else
|
|
|
7480 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
7481 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
7482 showmode();
|
|
|
7483 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
7484 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
7485 #endif
|
|
|
7486 }
|
|
|
7487
|
|
|
7488 /*
|
|
|
7489 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7490 */
|
|
|
7491 static void
|
|
|
7492 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
7493 {
|
|
|
7494 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7495 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7496 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
7497 else
|
|
|
7498 #endif
|
|
|
7499 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7500 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
7501 else
|
|
|
7502 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
7503 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7504 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7505 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
7506 else
|
|
|
7507 #endif
|
|
|
7508 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
7509 }
|
|
|
7510
|
|
|
7511 /*
|
|
7
|
7512 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
7513 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
7514 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
7515 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
7516 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
7517 */
|
|
|
7518 static void
|
|
|
7519 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
7520 int c;
|
|
|
7521 int lastc;
|
|
|
7522 {
|
|
|
7523 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7524 return;
|
|
|
7525 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7526
|
|
|
7527 /*
|
|
|
7528 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
7529 */
|
|
|
7530 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7531 {
|
|
|
7532 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7533 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
7534 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
7535 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7536 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7537 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
7538 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
7539 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
7540 }
|
|
|
7541 else
|
|
|
7542 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
7543
|
|
|
7544 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
7545 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7546 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7547 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7548 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7549 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7550 #endif
|
|
|
7551 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7552 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
7553 #endif
|
|
|
7554 }
|
|
|
7555
|
|
|
7556 static void
|
|
|
7557 ins_del()
|
|
|
7558 {
|
|
|
7559 int temp;
|
|
|
7560
|
|
|
7561 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7562 return;
|
|
|
7563 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
7564 {
|
|
|
7565 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7566 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
7567 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
7568 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
7569 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7570 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7571 else
|
|
|
7572 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7573 }
|
|
|
7574 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
7575 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7576 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7577 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7578 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7579 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7580 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7581 #endif
|
|
|
7582 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
7583 }
|
|
|
7584
|
|
|
7585 /*
|
|
|
7586 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7587 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
7588 */
|
|
|
7589 static int
|
|
|
7590 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
7591 int c;
|
|
|
7592 int mode;
|
|
|
7593 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
7594 {
|
|
|
7595 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7596 int cc;
|
|
|
7597 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7598 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
7599 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
7600 int in_indent;
|
|
|
7601 int oldState;
|
|
|
7602 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7603 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
7604 #endif
|
|
|
7605
|
|
|
7606 /*
|
|
|
7607 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
7608 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
7609 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
7610 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
7611 */
|
|
|
7612 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
7613 || (
|
|
|
7614 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7615 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
7616 #endif
|
|
|
7617 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7618 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
7619 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
7620 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7621 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
7622 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
7623 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
7624 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
7625 {
|
|
|
7626 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7627 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7628 }
|
|
|
7629
|
|
|
7630 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7631 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7632 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7633 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7634 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
7635 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7636 #endif
|
|
|
7637 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7638 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
7639 #endif
|
|
|
7640 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7641 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
7642 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7643 #endif
|
|
|
7644
|
|
|
7645 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7646 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
7647 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
7648 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
7649 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
7650 */
|
|
|
7651 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
7652 {
|
|
|
7653 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7654 {
|
|
|
7655 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
7656 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7657 }
|
|
|
7658 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
7659 {
|
|
|
7660 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7661 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7662 }
|
|
|
7663 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7664 }
|
|
|
7665 #endif
|
|
|
7666
|
|
|
7667 /*
|
|
|
7668 * delete newline!
|
|
|
7669 */
|
|
|
7670 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7671 {
|
|
|
7672 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7673 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7674 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7675 || revins_on
|
|
|
7676 #endif
|
|
|
7677 )
|
|
|
7678 {
|
|
|
7679 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
7680 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7681 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7682 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7683 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7684 }
|
|
|
7685 /*
|
|
|
7686 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
7687 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
7688 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
7689 */
|
|
|
7690 cc = -1;
|
|
|
7691 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7692 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
7693 /*
|
|
|
7694 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
7695 * cursor.
|
|
|
7696 */
|
|
|
7697 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
7698 {
|
|
|
7699 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7700 }
|
|
|
7701 else
|
|
|
7702 {
|
|
|
7703 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7704 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7705 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
7706 #endif
|
|
|
7707 {
|
|
|
7708 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
7709 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
7710
|
|
|
7711 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
7712 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
7713 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
7714 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
7715 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
7716 {
|
|
|
7717 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7718 TRUE);
|
|
|
7719 int len;
|
|
|
7720
|
|
|
7721 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
7722 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
7723 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
7724 }
|
|
|
7725
|
|
7
|
7726 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
7727 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7728 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7729 }
|
|
|
7730 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7731 else
|
|
|
7732 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7733 #endif
|
|
|
7734
|
|
|
7735 /*
|
|
|
7736 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
7737 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
7738 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
7739 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
7740 */
|
|
|
7741 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7742 {
|
|
|
7743 /*
|
|
|
7744 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
7745 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
7746 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
7747 */
|
|
|
7748 oldState = State;
|
|
|
7749 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7750 /*
|
|
|
7751 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
7752 */
|
|
|
7753 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
7754 {
|
|
|
7755 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7756 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7757 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
7758 #else
|
|
|
7759 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7760 #endif
|
|
|
7761 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7762 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7763 }
|
|
|
7764 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
7765 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7766 State = oldState;
|
|
|
7767 }
|
|
|
7768 }
|
|
|
7769 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7770 }
|
|
|
7771 else
|
|
|
7772 {
|
|
|
7773 /*
|
|
|
7774 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
7775 */
|
|
|
7776 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7777 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
7778 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7779 #endif
|
|
|
7780 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
7781 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
7782 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
7783 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7784 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7785 #endif
|
|
|
7786 )
|
|
|
7787 {
|
|
|
7788 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7789 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
7790 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
7791 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7792 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7793 }
|
|
|
7794
|
|
|
7795 /*
|
|
|
7796 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
7797 */
|
|
|
7798 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
7799 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
648
|
7800 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
|
|
7
|
7801 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
7802 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
7803 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
7804 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
7805 {
|
|
|
7806 int ts;
|
|
|
7807 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
7808 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
7809 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
7810
|
|
|
7811 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
648
|
7812 if (p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
7
|
7813 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7814 else
|
|
|
7815 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7816 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
7817 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
7818 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
7819 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7820 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7821 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
7822 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7823 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
7824
|
|
|
7825 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
7826 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
7827 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
7828 {
|
|
|
7829 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7830 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7831 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7832 {
|
|
|
7833 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
7834 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
7835 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7836 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7837 {
|
|
|
7838 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
7839 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7840 {
|
|
|
7841 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7842 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
7843 }
|
|
|
7844 else
|
|
|
7845 #endif
|
|
|
7846 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7847 }
|
|
|
7848 }
|
|
|
7849 else
|
|
|
7850 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7851 }
|
|
|
7852
|
|
|
7853 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
7854 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7855 {
|
|
|
7856 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
7857 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7858 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7859 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7860
|
|
|
7861 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7862 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7863 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7864 else
|
|
|
7865 #endif
|
|
|
7866 {
|
|
|
7867 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7868 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
7869 {
|
|
|
7870 if (extra)
|
|
|
7871 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
7872 else
|
|
|
7873 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7874 }
|
|
|
7875 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
7876 extra = 1;
|
|
|
7877 }
|
|
|
7878 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7879 }
|
|
|
7880 }
|
|
|
7881
|
|
|
7882 /*
|
|
|
7883 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
7884 */
|
|
|
7885 else do
|
|
|
7886 {
|
|
|
7887 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7888 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
7889 #endif
|
|
|
7890 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7891
|
|
|
7892 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
7893 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
7894 {
|
|
|
7895 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
7896 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
7897 }
|
|
|
7898 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
7899 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
7900 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
7901 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
7902 {
|
|
|
7903 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7904 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
7905 #endif
|
|
|
7906 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7907 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7908 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7909 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7910 #endif
|
|
|
7911 break;
|
|
|
7912 }
|
|
|
7913 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7914 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7915 else
|
|
|
7916 {
|
|
|
7917 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7918 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
7919 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
7920 #endif
|
|
|
7921 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7922 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7923 /*
|
|
|
7924 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
7925 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
7926 * character.
|
|
|
7927 */
|
|
|
7928 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
7929 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7930 #endif
|
|
|
7931 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7932 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7933 {
|
|
|
7934 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7935 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7936 }
|
|
|
7937 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
7938 break;
|
|
|
7939 #endif
|
|
|
7940 }
|
|
|
7941 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
7942 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7943 break;
|
|
|
7944 } while (
|
|
|
7945 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7946 revins_on ||
|
|
|
7947 #endif
|
|
|
7948 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
7949 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7950 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
7951 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
7952 }
|
|
|
7953 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7954 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7955 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7956 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7957 #endif
|
|
|
7958 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
7959 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7960 /*
|
|
|
7961 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
7962 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
7963 * with.
|
|
|
7964 */
|
|
|
7965 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7966
|
|
|
7967 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
7968 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7969 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7970 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7971
|
|
|
7972 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
7973 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
7974 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
7975 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
7976 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
7977 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
7978 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
7979 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
7980 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7981
|
|
|
7982 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
7983 }
|
|
|
7984
|
|
|
7985 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7986 static void
|
|
|
7987 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
7988 int c;
|
|
|
7989 {
|
|
|
7990 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7991
|
|
|
7992 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7993 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
7994 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7995 # endif
|
|
|
7996 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
7997 return;
|
|
|
7998
|
|
|
7999 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8000 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8001 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
8002 {
|
|
|
8003 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8004 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8005 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8006 # endif
|
|
|
8007 }
|
|
|
8008
|
|
|
8009 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
8010 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
8011 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
8012 #endif
|
|
|
8013 }
|
|
|
8014
|
|
|
8015 static void
|
|
|
8016 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
8017 int up;
|
|
|
8018 {
|
|
|
8019 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8020 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8021 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
8022 # endif
|
|
|
8023
|
|
|
8024 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8025
|
|
|
8026 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8027 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
8028
|
|
|
8029 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
8030 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
8031 {
|
|
|
8032 int row, col;
|
|
|
8033
|
|
|
8034 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
8035 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
8036
|
|
|
8037 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
8038 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
8039 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8040 }
|
|
|
8041 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
8042 # endif
|
|
|
8043 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8044
|
|
|
8045 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
8046 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
8047 else
|
|
|
8048 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
8049
|
|
|
8050 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8051 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
8052
|
|
|
8053 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
8054 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8055 # endif
|
|
|
8056
|
|
|
8057 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
8058 {
|
|
|
8059 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8060 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8061 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8062 # endif
|
|
|
8063 }
|
|
|
8064 }
|
|
|
8065 #endif
|
|
|
8066
|
|
692
|
8067 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8068 void
|
|
|
8069 ins_tabline(c)
|
|
|
8070 int c;
|
|
|
8071 {
|
|
|
8072 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */
|
|
|
8073 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE
|
|
|
8074 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab)))
|
|
|
8075 {
|
|
|
8076 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8077 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8078 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8079 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8080 # endif
|
|
|
8081 }
|
|
|
8082
|
|
|
8083 if (c == K_TABLINE)
|
|
|
8084 goto_tabpage(current_tab);
|
|
|
8085 else
|
|
|
8086 handle_tabmenu();
|
|
|
8087
|
|
|
8088 }
|
|
|
8089 #endif
|
|
|
8090
|
|
|
8091 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
8092 void
|
|
|
8093 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
8094 {
|
|
|
8095 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8096
|
|
|
8097 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8098 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8099 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
8100 {
|
|
|
8101 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8102 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8103 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8104 # endif
|
|
|
8105 }
|
|
|
8106 }
|
|
|
8107
|
|
|
8108 void
|
|
|
8109 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
8110 {
|
|
|
8111 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8112
|
|
|
8113 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8114 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8115 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
8116 {
|
|
|
8117 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8118 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8119 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8120 # endif
|
|
|
8121 }
|
|
|
8122 }
|
|
|
8123 #endif
|
|
|
8124
|
|
|
8125 static void
|
|
|
8126 ins_left()
|
|
|
8127 {
|
|
|
8128 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8129
|
|
|
8130 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8131 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8132 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8133 #endif
|
|
|
8134 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8135 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8136 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
8137 {
|
|
|
8138 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8139 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8140 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
8141 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
8142 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8143 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
8144 #endif
|
|
|
8145 }
|
|
|
8146
|
|
|
8147 /*
|
|
|
8148 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
8149 * previous line
|
|
|
8150 */
|
|
|
8151 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8152 {
|
|
|
8153 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8154 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
8155 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
8156 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
8157 }
|
|
|
8158 else
|
|
|
8159 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8160 }
|
|
|
8161
|
|
|
8162 static void
|
|
|
8163 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
8164 int c;
|
|
|
8165 {
|
|
|
8166 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8167
|
|
|
8168 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8169 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8170 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8171 #endif
|
|
|
8172 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8173 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8174 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
8175 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
8176 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
8177 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8178 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
8179 #endif
|
|
|
8180 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
8181 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8182 }
|
|
|
8183
|
|
|
8184 static void
|
|
|
8185 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
8186 int c;
|
|
|
8187 {
|
|
|
8188 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8189
|
|
|
8190 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8191 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8192 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8193 #endif
|
|
|
8194 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8195 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8196 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
8197 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
8198 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
8199 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
8200
|
|
|
8201 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8202 }
|
|
|
8203
|
|
|
8204 static void
|
|
|
8205 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
8206 {
|
|
|
8207 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8208 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8209 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8210 #endif
|
|
|
8211 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8212 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8213 {
|
|
|
8214 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8215 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8216 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8217 }
|
|
|
8218 else
|
|
|
8219 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8220 }
|
|
|
8221
|
|
|
8222 static void
|
|
|
8223 ins_right()
|
|
|
8224 {
|
|
|
8225 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8226 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8227 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8228 #endif
|
|
|
8229 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8230 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
8231 )
|
|
|
8232 {
|
|
|
8233 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8234 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8235 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8236 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
8237 oneright();
|
|
|
8238 else
|
|
|
8239 #endif
|
|
|
8240 {
|
|
|
8241 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8242 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
8243 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
8244 else
|
|
|
8245 #endif
|
|
|
8246 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8247 }
|
|
|
8248
|
|
|
8249 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8250 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8251 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
8252 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
8253 #endif
|
|
|
8254 }
|
|
|
8255 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
8256 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
8257 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
8258 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
8259 {
|
|
|
8260 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8261 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8262 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
8263 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
8264 }
|
|
|
8265 else
|
|
|
8266 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8267 }
|
|
|
8268
|
|
|
8269 static void
|
|
|
8270 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
8271 {
|
|
|
8272 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8273 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8274 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8275 #endif
|
|
|
8276 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8277 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
8278 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
8279 {
|
|
|
8280 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8281 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
8282 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8283 }
|
|
|
8284 else
|
|
|
8285 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8286 }
|
|
|
8287
|
|
|
8288 static void
|
|
|
8289 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
8290 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
8291 {
|
|
|
8292 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8293 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
8294 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8295 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
8296 #endif
|
|
|
8297
|
|
|
8298 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8299 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8300 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
8301 {
|
|
|
8302 if (startcol)
|
|
|
8303 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
8304 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
8305 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8306 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
8307 #endif
|
|
|
8308 )
|
|
|
8309 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8310 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8311 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8312 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8313 #endif
|
|
|
8314 }
|
|
|
8315 else
|
|
|
8316 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8317 }
|
|
|
8318
|
|
|
8319 static void
|
|
|
8320 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
8321 {
|
|
|
8322 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8323
|
|
|
8324 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8325 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8326 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
8327 {
|
|
|
8328 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8329 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8330 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8331 #endif
|
|
|
8332 }
|
|
|
8333 else
|
|
|
8334 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8335 }
|
|
|
8336
|
|
|
8337 static void
|
|
|
8338 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
8339 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
8340 {
|
|
|
8341 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8342 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
8343 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8344 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
8345 #endif
|
|
|
8346
|
|
|
8347 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8348 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8349 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
8350 {
|
|
|
8351 if (startcol)
|
|
|
8352 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
8353 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
8354 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8355 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
8356 #endif
|
|
|
8357 )
|
|
|
8358 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8359 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8360 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8361 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8362 #endif
|
|
|
8363 }
|
|
|
8364 else
|
|
|
8365 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8366 }
|
|
|
8367
|
|
|
8368 static void
|
|
|
8369 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
8370 {
|
|
|
8371 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8372
|
|
|
8373 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8374 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8375 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
8376 {
|
|
|
8377 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8378 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8379 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8380 #endif
|
|
|
8381 }
|
|
|
8382 else
|
|
|
8383 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8384 }
|
|
|
8385
|
|
|
8386 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
8387 static void
|
|
|
8388 ins_drop()
|
|
|
8389 {
|
|
|
8390 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
8391 }
|
|
|
8392 #endif
|
|
|
8393
|
|
|
8394 /*
|
|
|
8395 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
8396 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
8397 */
|
|
|
8398 static int
|
|
|
8399 ins_tab()
|
|
|
8400 {
|
|
|
8401 int ind;
|
|
|
8402 int i;
|
|
|
8403 int temp;
|
|
|
8404
|
|
|
8405 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
8406 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
8407 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
8408 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8409
|
|
|
8410 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
8411 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8412 if (ind)
|
|
|
8413 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
8414 #endif
|
|
|
8415
|
|
|
8416 /*
|
|
|
8417 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
8418 */
|
|
|
8419 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
8420 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
8421 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
8422 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8423
|
|
|
8424 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8425 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8426
|
|
|
8427 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8428 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8429 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8430 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8431 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8432 #endif
|
|
|
8433 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
8434
|
|
|
8435 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
8436 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
8437 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
8438 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
8439 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
8440 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
8441 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
8442
|
|
|
8443 /*
|
|
|
8444 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
8445 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
8446 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
8447 */
|
|
|
8448 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8449 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
8450 {
|
|
|
8451 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8452 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8453 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8454 else
|
|
|
8455 #endif
|
|
|
8456 {
|
|
|
8457 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
8458 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
8459 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
8460 }
|
|
|
8461 }
|
|
|
8462
|
|
|
8463 /*
|
|
|
8464 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
8465 */
|
|
|
8466 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
8467 {
|
|
|
8468 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
8469 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8470 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
8471 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
8472 #endif
|
|
|
8473 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
8474 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
8475 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
8476 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
8477 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
8478
|
|
|
8479 /*
|
|
|
8480 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
8481 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
8482 */
|
|
|
8483 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8484 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8485 {
|
|
|
8486 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8487 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
8488 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
8489 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
8490 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8491 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
8492 }
|
|
|
8493 else
|
|
|
8494 #endif
|
|
|
8495 {
|
|
|
8496 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
8497 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8498 }
|
|
|
8499
|
|
|
8500 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
8501 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8502 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
8503
|
|
|
8504 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
8505 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8506 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
8507 {
|
|
|
8508 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
8509 --ptr;
|
|
|
8510 }
|
|
|
8511
|
|
|
8512 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
8513 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8514 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8515 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8516 {
|
|
|
8517 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
8518 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
8519 }
|
|
|
8520
|
|
|
8521 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
8522 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8523 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8524
|
|
|
8525 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
8526 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
8527 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
8528 {
|
|
|
8529 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
8530 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
8531 break;
|
|
|
8532 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
8533 {
|
|
|
8534 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
8535 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
8536 {
|
|
|
8537 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
8538 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
8539 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8540 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
8541 }
|
|
|
8542 }
|
|
|
8543 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
8544 ++ptr;
|
|
|
8545 vcol += i;
|
|
|
8546 }
|
|
|
8547
|
|
|
8548 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
8549 {
|
|
|
8550 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
8551
|
|
|
8552 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
8553 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
8554 {
|
|
|
8555 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
8556 ++ptr;
|
|
|
8557 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
8558 }
|
|
|
8559 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
8560 {
|
|
|
8561 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
8562 --ptr;
|
|
|
8563 --repl_off;
|
|
|
8564 }
|
|
|
8565 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
8566
|
|
|
8567 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
8568 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
8569 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
8570 {
|
|
|
8571 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
8572 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
8573 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8574 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8575 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8576 #endif
|
|
|
8577 )
|
|
|
8578 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
8579 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
8580 }
|
|
33
|
8581 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
8582 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
8583 {
|
|
|
8584 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
8585 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
8586 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
8587 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
8588 }
|
|
|
8589 #endif
|
|
7
|
8590 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
8591
|
|
|
8592 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8593 /*
|
|
|
8594 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
8595 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
8596 * spacing.
|
|
|
8597 */
|
|
|
8598 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8599 {
|
|
|
8600 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
8601 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
8602
|
|
|
8603 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
8604 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
8605 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
8606 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
8607 }
|
|
|
8608 #endif
|
|
|
8609 }
|
|
|
8610
|
|
|
8611 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8612 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8613 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
8614 #endif
|
|
|
8615 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
8616 }
|
|
|
8617
|
|
|
8618 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8619 }
|
|
|
8620
|
|
|
8621 /*
|
|
|
8622 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
8623 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
8624 */
|
|
|
8625 static int
|
|
|
8626 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
8627 int c;
|
|
|
8628 {
|
|
|
8629 int i;
|
|
|
8630
|
|
|
8631 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
8632 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8633 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8634 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8635 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8636
|
|
|
8637 /*
|
|
|
8638 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
8639 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
8640 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
8641 */
|
|
|
8642 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8643 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8644 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8645 #endif
|
|
|
8646 )
|
|
|
8647 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
8648
|
|
|
8649 /*
|
|
|
8650 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
8651 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
8652 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
8653 * in open_line().
|
|
|
8654 */
|
|
|
8655
|
|
|
8656 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8657 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
8658 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
8659 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
8660 # endif
|
|
|
8661 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
8662 * current line. */
|
|
|
8663 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
8664 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
8665 #endif
|
|
|
8666
|
|
|
8667 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
8668 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
8669 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
8670 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
8671 #endif
|
|
|
8672 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
8673 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
8674 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8675 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8676 #endif
|
|
|
8677
|
|
|
8678 return (!i);
|
|
|
8679 }
|
|
|
8680
|
|
|
8681 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
8682 /*
|
|
|
8683 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
8684 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
8685 * done.
|
|
|
8686 */
|
|
|
8687 static int
|
|
|
8688 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
8689 {
|
|
|
8690 int c;
|
|
|
8691 int cc;
|
|
|
8692
|
|
|
8693 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
8694 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8695 {
|
|
|
8696 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
8697 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8698
|
|
|
8699 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
8700 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8701 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
8702 #endif
|
|
|
8703 }
|
|
|
8704
|
|
|
8705 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
8706 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
8707 #endif
|
|
|
8708
|
|
|
8709 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
8710 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
8711 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8712 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8713 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8714 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8715 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8716 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
8717 {
|
|
|
8718 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8719 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8720 #endif
|
|
|
8721 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8722 return NUL;
|
|
|
8723 }
|
|
|
8724 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
8725 {
|
|
|
8726 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8727 {
|
|
|
8728 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
8729 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8730
|
|
|
8731 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
8732 {
|
|
|
8733 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
8734 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
8735 edit_unputchar();
|
|
661
|
8736 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8737 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
8738 }
|
|
|
8739 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8740 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
8741 #endif
|
|
|
8742 }
|
|
|
8743 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8744 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8745 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8746 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8747 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8748 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
8749 {
|
|
|
8750 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
8751 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
8752 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8753 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8754 #endif
|
|
|
8755 return c;
|
|
|
8756 }
|
|
|
8757 }
|
|
|
8758 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
8759 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8760 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8761 #endif
|
|
|
8762 return NUL;
|
|
|
8763 }
|
|
|
8764 #endif
|
|
|
8765
|
|
|
8766 /*
|
|
|
8767 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
8768 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
8769 */
|
|
|
8770 static int
|
|
|
8771 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
8772 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
8773 {
|
|
|
8774 int c;
|
|
|
8775 int temp;
|
|
|
8776 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8777
|
|
|
8778 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
8779 {
|
|
|
8780 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8781 return NUL;
|
|
|
8782 }
|
|
|
8783
|
|
|
8784 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
8785 temp = 0;
|
|
|
8786 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
8787 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8788 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8789 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8790 {
|
|
|
8791 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8792 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
8793 }
|
|
|
8794 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
8795 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8796
|
|
|
8797 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8798 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
8799 #else
|
|
|
8800 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
8801 #endif
|
|
|
8802 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
8803 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8804 return c;
|
|
|
8805 }
|
|
|
8806
|
|
449
|
8807 /*
|
|
|
8808 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
8809 */
|
|
|
8810 static int
|
|
|
8811 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
8812 int tc;
|
|
|
8813 {
|
|
|
8814 int c = tc;
|
|
|
8815
|
|
|
8816 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8817 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
8818 {
|
|
|
8819 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
8820 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
8821 else
|
|
|
8822 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
8823 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8824 }
|
|
|
8825 else
|
|
|
8826 #endif
|
|
|
8827 {
|
|
|
8828 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
8829 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
8830 {
|
|
|
8831 long tw_save;
|
|
|
8832
|
|
|
8833 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
8834 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
8835 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
8836 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
8837 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
8838 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
8839 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
8840 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
8841 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8842 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
8843 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8844 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
8845 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8846 #endif
|
|
|
8847 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
8848 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
8849 }
|
|
|
8850 }
|
|
|
8851 return c;
|
|
|
8852 }
|
|
|
8853
|
|
7
|
8854 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8855 /*
|
|
|
8856 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
8857 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
8858 */
|
|
|
8859 static void
|
|
|
8860 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
8861 int c;
|
|
|
8862 {
|
|
|
8863 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
8864 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
8865 int i;
|
|
|
8866 int temp;
|
|
|
8867
|
|
|
8868 /*
|
|
|
8869 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
8870 */
|
|
|
8871 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
8872 {
|
|
|
8873 /*
|
|
|
8874 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
8875 */
|
|
|
8876 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8877 {
|
|
|
8878 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8879 /*
|
|
|
8880 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
8881 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
8882 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
8883 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
8884 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
8885 */
|
|
|
8886 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
8887 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
8888 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
8889 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
8890 ;
|
|
|
8891 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
8892 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
8893 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8894 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
8895 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8896 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8897 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8898 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8899 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
8900 else
|
|
|
8901 #endif
|
|
|
8902 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8903 }
|
|
|
8904 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8905 {
|
|
|
8906 /*
|
|
|
8907 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
8908 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
8909 */
|
|
|
8910 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
8911 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8912 {
|
|
|
8913 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8914 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8915 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8916 {
|
|
|
8917 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
8918
|
|
|
8919 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
8920 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8921 break;
|
|
|
8922 }
|
|
|
8923 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
8924 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
8925 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8926 }
|
|
|
8927 if (temp)
|
|
|
8928 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
8929 }
|
|
|
8930 }
|
|
|
8931
|
|
|
8932 /*
|
|
|
8933 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
8934 */
|
|
|
8935 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
8936 {
|
|
|
8937 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
8938 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
8939 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8940 }
|
|
|
8941
|
|
|
8942 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
8943 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
8944 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8945 }
|
|
|
8946 #endif
|
|
|
8947
|
|
|
8948 /*
|
|
|
8949 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
8950 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
8951 */
|
|
|
8952 static colnr_T
|
|
|
8953 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
8954 {
|
|
|
8955 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8956 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8957 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8958 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
8959 }
|
